Cell Phone - iPhone(R) 5, 4S, and 3 GS with iOS 6 Information
SI B84 04 12
Communication Systems
November 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
iPhone 5, 4S, 4, and 3GS with iOS 6 Information
MODEL
All equipped with one or more of the following options:
^ 6NL or 639 or 7H8 - BMW Assist with enhanced Bluetooth and USB
^ 6FL - Smartphone integration
^ 6NH or 7H9 - Hands-free Bluetooth and USB Audio
INFORMATION
With the release of Apples new iPhone 5 and iOS 6 software, there have been many questions regarding the new phone and software.
The information in the attachment to this Service Information will help answer these questions. It can be printed and given to the customer if needed.
The attachment provides information on the differences between the new iPhone 5 and the previous version in the following areas:
1. Visual comparison
2. Connectivity
3. Functionality
Refer to the PDF file in the "Attachment" section of this bulletin for complete details.
Information on the iPhone 5 is also available via the following:
^ www.bmwusa.com/bluetooth
^ Aftersales bulletin B-31-1012-13-iPhone5/iOS6
^ PKoD - Product Knowledge on Demand
NOTE:
This SI will be updated as new information is received.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 2
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 3
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 4
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 5
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 6
IPhone 5, 4S, 4, and 3GS with iOS Information2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 160312 Date: 121001
Fuel System - Evaporative System Vacuum Leak Diagnosis
SI B16 03 12
Fuel Supply Systems
October 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B16 03 12 dated February 2012.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Natural Vacuum Leak Diagnosis (NVLD)
MODEL
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 7
[NEW] All models with NVLD
INFORMATION
TEST MODULE OPERATING HINTS FOR VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE NVLD SYSTEM
Evaporative system leakage is found using the NVLD tank leakage test plan:
[NEW] If a fault is identified when using the NVLD leakage test plan, the following points should be verified.
1. Check that the fuel cap is properly closed.
2. Testing the evaporative system requires all venting pipes and electrical connectors to be properly connected.
3. [NEW] Search for leakage using the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW: always pressurize the system without smoke, and
monitor the flow meter and decay pressure gauge for system leakage. If leakage is present, briefly smoke the system to determine the location
of the leakage. Refer to the attachment when connecting the VACUTEC Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW to the evaporative system.
Evaporative system leakage is NOT found using the NVLD tank leakage test plan:
Only perform the applicable test plans for the faults stored. Do not replace any parts unless a leakage is found using the smoke machine.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS WHEN USING THE VACUTEC SMOKE MACHINE
Testing evaporative systems for leaks is very challenging. We have developed some diagnostic hints and special tools to properly connect a
smoke machine to the NVLD fresh air vent/filter connection.
Attached is a detailed procedure for connecting the smoke machine to a vehicle using Natural Vacuum Leak diagnosis (NVLD).
Recently the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW was added to the BMW Equipment Program. The VACUTEC(R) Smoke
Machine 625-522B-BMW is the only approved testing device for the fuel and evaporative systems. This device automatically converts air to
high purity nitrogen, using Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) nitrogen technology. Orders for the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine,
625-522B-BMW, can be placed by calling the BMW Equipment program at 1-888-222-7997.
Included with the new VACUTEC(R) smoke machine are various caps and adaptors to help connect the applicator hose to the vehicle. It is
always suggested not to disturb the system before testing; try to create as little disturbance as possible to the system when connecting the
smoke machine. This smoke machine utilizes an UltraTraceUV(R) smoke solution. The smoke solution incorporates an ultraviolet dye, which
helps pinpoint the leak with an ultraviolet residue surrounding the leak area. Determining the source of the leak is made easy when the
included Hi-Density True UV LED light and incandescent white light are used.
When testing the vehicles evaporative system using the flow meter on the VACUTEC smoke machine, the ball indicator should not lift from
the zero measurement on the scale when the system is leak-free. All BMWs are designed to be 100% leak-free. A flow meter indicating zero
flow would be the same as placing your finger over or kinking the application hose of the VACUTEC smoke machine (no flow = 100%
leak-free).
For more information regarding evaporative system testing describing possible fire hazards using oxygen vs. nitrogen, please refer to the
following SAE website: www.sae.org/technical/papers/2007-01-1235
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 8
B160312_NVLD_Test_Adaptor.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651112 Date: 120901
Audio Sys- Stored FM Stations Intermittently Default To FM 87.7
SI B65 11 12
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
September 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Intermittently Stored FM Radio Stations Default to FM 87.7
MODEL
E82
E82E
E88
E89
E90
E91
E92
E93
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 9
With:
^ Option 663 (Radio BMW Professional, RAD2+)
or
^ Option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
E60
E61
E63
E64
E70
E71
E72
E84
F01
F02
F04
F06
F07
F10
F12
F13
F25
F30
With option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
SITUATION
Intermittently, the stored FM radio stations default to FM 87.7 after vehicle start-up. Normal operation is restored after the vehicle has entered sleep
mode (approx. 16 minutes after Terminal R off).
CAUSE
The radio part of the head unit is in default mode.
CORRECTION
Do not replace parts!
Reproduce the complaint.
Perform the procedure outlined below with all remote control keys assigned to the vehicle (including the customers spare keys).
PROCEDURE
Procedure 1 - Perform this procedure with each assigned remote control key:
1. Unlock - Lock - Unlock the vehicle with the remote control key.
2. Check the stored FM radio stations for each remote control key.
3. If there are no FM radio stations stored for one or more of the remote control keys, store some FM radio stations for each remote control key.
4. Let the vehicle enter sleep mode (approx. 16 minutes after Termina R off) to properly store the FM radio stations for each remote control key.
5. Retest the functionality.
Procedure 2 - only if Procedure 1 does not resolve this issue:
1. Submit a PuMA case with the subject "Radio stations default to FM87.7."
2. Include the answers on the following questions in the PuMA case:
^ Are relevant faults stored?
^ What is the battery voltage before and while starting the vehicle?
^ Are external components connected?
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 10
^ What are the weather conditions when it happens (cold/hot)?
Note:
When the ISTA system message displays: Battery voltage only "XX.XX" V. Please connect charger Please note the displayed battery
voltage reading in the repair order comments section.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 11
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840311 Date: 120901
BMW ASSIST(R) - Combox Repl. Part Activation via DCSnet
SI B84 03 11
Communication Systems
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 12
September 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 03 11 dated September 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
[NEW] Telematics Device Spares Replacement Part Activation via DCSnet for BMW Assist
MODEL
[NEW] All vehicles equipped with BMW Assist (639 or 6NL)
[NEW] INFORMATION
The following changes have taken place:
^ Introduction of the Peiker Acoustics TCB (Telematics Control Board) as the successor to the current Combox. The TCB is available in all 5 and 7
Series vehicles beginning with July 2012 production.
^ The application name has been changed from "Combox Activation" to "Telematics Device Spares Activation."
^ All Telematics control unit spares, including CDMA, can now be activated by Part managers via the DCSnet application. Service technicians no
longer need to contact the Telematics Analyst with activation requests. New MIN and MDN numbers needed for programming into CDMA units
will be made available in the Telematics Device Spares Activation application after the Parts managers have completed the activation process.
These numbers will be provided to the Service Technician by the Parts manager following activation.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
Please refer to the attachment for the updated instructions on Telematics control unit replacement parts activation via DCSnet.
NOTE:
As was the case in the original procedure, Telematics control unit replacement parts activation is still intended to be performed by Parts managers
only.
All Telematics control unit spares are to be activated by the Parts manager before release to the technician for installation in the vehicle.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 13
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 14
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 15
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 16
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 17
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 18
B840311_Replacement_Telematics_Device_Spares_Activation.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 652109 Date: 120901
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 19
Audio System - CD Artist/Song Titles Not Displayed
SI B65 21 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
September 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 21 09 dated May 2012.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Artist and Song Title Are Not Displayed - Gracenote Data Not Up-To-Date
MODEL
[NEW] All with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC or HU-H)
SITUATION
When playing certain audio compact discs (CDs), the artist and song title information is not displayed.
CAUSE
[NEW] The Gracenote(R) music track database installed on the hard disk drive of the Car Information Computer (CIC) or Headunit-High (HU-H) is
not up-to-date.
INFORMATION
[NEW] The CIC and HU-H are equipped with special software provided by Gracenote(R) for the purpose of displaying music track data (artist and
song title) when playing audio CDs.
[NEW] The Gracenote(R) data installed in the CIC and HU-H when the vehicle is produced is the latest available version at that time, and like
Navigation map data, becomes outdated over a period of time.
BMW is not responsible for keeping the vehicle Gracenote(R) database up to date.
However, BMW is making available updated Gracenote(R) data for those dealers and customers wanting the latest data installed in their vehicles.
What is Gracenote(R) in general?
Gracenote(R) is a company that maintains and licenses a database containing information about the contents of audio CDs. It provides software and
metadata to businesses that enable its customers to manage and search digital media. Gracenote provides its media management technology and
global media database of digital entertainment information to the mobile, automobile, portable, home and PC markets.
This music track database provided by Gracenote(R) uses TOC (Table of Content) as the identification pattern. This means complete albums on
digital audio CDs are identified based on the number of tracks and the track length. The corresponding data (track, artist, etc.) are then
correspondingly assigned in the music search database.
For more detailed information, refer to www.gracenote.com.
PROCEDURE
Refer to Attachment A for the procedure to install the Gracenote(R) database Update CD.
[NEW] Refer to Attachment B for the procedure to install the Gracenote(R) database Update CD onto the Hard Disc Drive (HDD) of an HU-H.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 20
Updating the vehicles Gracenote(R) database to the current version is not covered under BMWs limited warranties.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 21
attachment B652109_Attachment_A.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 22
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 23
attachment B652109_Attachment_B.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 612212 Date: 120701
Electrical - 90AH Absorbed Glass Matt Battery Replacement
SI B61 22 12
General Electrical Systems
July 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Replacement Procedure for 90AH Absorbed Glass Matt Battery
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Since December 2011, the 90AH Absorbed Glass Matt (AGM) battery is no longer available as a replacement part.
The replacement battery is now a 92AH AGM battery.
ISTA/P (Integrated Service Technical Application, Programming) does not contain a conversion for the 92AH AGM battery.
INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 24
The 92AH AGM battery is now locally sourced through Exide.
PROCEDURE
1. Install the new 92AH AGM battery as per ISTA Repair Instructions "61 20."
2. Perform the "Register battery change" test plan using ISTA. The test plan can be accessed via the following path: "Activities / Service function
/ 03 Body / power supply / Battery."
Note:
A vehicle test is not required in order to perform this test plan.
3. Once the test plan is started, select the option "1 Enter battery replacement: same capacity." Complete the plan to the end.
4. Clear all faults and reset the date and time.
5. The battery replacement is finished. A conversion using ISTA/P is not needed.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650912 Date: 120701
CIC(R) - Replacement Part Has Permanent Fault Code Stored
SI B65 09 12
Technical Service
July 2012
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
SUBJECT
CIC: Replacement Part Has a Permanent Fault Code Stored for SDARS
MODEL
All from 09/2008 to 08/2009 with:
^ Option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
and
^ Option 655 (SDARS Satellite Tuner)
SITUATION
When replacing a Car Information Computer (CIC) with a new-style CIC head unit which has an integrated satellite tuner (SDARS Inbox; additional
connector [pink] in the back), a fault code can occur.
^ Fault code "C5AE - CIC connection head unit to SDARS antenna foot: open circuit - fault currently present" is stored permanently.
NOTE:
The affected vehicles are equipped with an external satellite tuner (SDARS Exbox). The pink connector on the back of the replacement CIC head
unit is not used to connect the satellite antenna!
CAUSE
The fault code is set incorrectly by the CIC head unit.
INFORMATION
After installation of the replacement CIC head unit, start an ISTA/P session and follow the ISTA/P instructions to finish programming and coding.
NOTE:
Fault Code "C5AE - CIC connection head unit to SDARS antenna foot: open circuit - fault currently present" can be ignored.
As soon as an improvement is available, this Service Information will be updated.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 25
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 630410 Date: 120601
Lighting - Daytime Running Lamp Bulb Failure
SI B63 04 10
Lights
June 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B63 04 10 dated December 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Daytime Running Lamp Bulb Failure
MODEL
[NEW] E60, E61
[NEW] E63, E64
[NEW] E70 produced up to November 29, 2009
[NEW] E71, E72 produced up to November 29, 2009
[NEW] E92, E93 produced up to December 14, 2009
[NEW] Only vehicles with option 522 (Xenon light) and 524 (Adaptive Light Control)
SITUATION
A daytime running lamp bulb has failed. A "bulb out" warning is displayed in the Check Control. The following fault codes are stored:
E60, E61, E63, E64: Fault code A8C4 or A8C5 is stored in the LM (Lamp Module)
E70, E71, E72, E92, E93: Fault code A8C5 or A8C6 is stored in the FRM (Footwell Module)
CAUSE
Premature failure of the "standard life" bulb
CORRECTION
[NEW] Install a Philips H8 AR "longlife" daytime running lamp bulb on both the left and the right sides of the vehicle. Refer to Repair Instructions
REP 63 99 155/63 99 156 (Replacing bulb for front left [or right] side light...).
[NEW] For E60 and E61 only, code the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.40 or later. This coding reduces the voltage at the bulb with a corresponding
improvement in bulb life.
Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.
For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to Centernet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.
PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 26
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 090509 Date: 120601
CCC(R) - Enabling Code Info.
SI B09 05 09
Programming/Coding Explanations
June 2012
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 27
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B09 05 09 dated March 2012.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Enabling Code Information
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
When ISTA/P requests an Enabling Code during a programming session, only an Application ID and Upgrade Index are shown. The [NEW]
attached cross-reference will help identify which enabling code is required:
For further information on the use of enabling codes, refer to SI B09 04 09.
ATTACHMENTS
FSC Enabling Codes Part Sales
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 240412 Date: 120601
A/T - ZF A/T Oil Leaks, Diagnosis, and Repair Information
SI B24 04 12
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 28
Automatic Transmission
June 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
ZF Automatic Transmission Oil Leaks, Diagnosis and Scope of Repairs
MODEL
All with ZF 5-, 6-, or 8-speed Automatic Transmissions
SITUATION
An oil leak has been found and verified as coming from the vehicles ZF automatic transmission.
PROCEDURE
8HP Transmissions:
^ No 8HP transmission repairs of any kind are to be carried out without prior ZF specialist consultation and approval via a TC PuMA case.
5HP and 6HP Transmissions:
Any leaking external seal may be replaced, refer to the following list of components that can be repaired in the event of an oil leak:
^ Oil pan gasket
^ Radial seals (torque converter, selector shaft, and output seal)
^ Oil pump screw sealing washers
^ Extension housing O-ring (5HP models only)
^ Electrical connector O-rings or Mechatronic sealing sleeve
^ Screw plugs
^ Cooler line seals
All other ZF automatic transmission repairs for an oil leak are not approved to be performed, regardless if a repair procedure exists for it in ISTA.
The exceptions to this policy are any specific repairs procedures which are published in a Service Information bulletin.
Important!
Under no circumstances should the oil pump assembly ever be removed from any ZF transmission.
Specific questions relating to leak diagnosis and repair can be addressed via a TC PuMA case. The ZF team will provide a recommendation for the
proper approved repair.
If an oil leak repair is carried out and the ZF transmission is subsequently still leaking, a TC PuMA case submission is strongly encouraged.
PARTS INFORMATION
The EPC part description "supplement" information for ZF transmissions will contain the letters "HP" and end with the letter "Z." For example:
GA6HP26Z.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Approved ZF Transmission Repairs
Approved ZF transmission repairs, as described above, are covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle/SAV Limited Warranty or the BMW
Certified Pre-Owned Program.
Non-Approved ZF Transmission Repairs
Claims for non-approved ZF transmission repairs, including consequential repairs, will not be accepted. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 610109
Date: 120601
Wipers/Washers - Windshield Washer Malfunctions
SI B61 01 09
General Electrical Systems
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 29
June 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 01 09 dated March 2009.
SUBJECT
[NEW] Windshield Washer Malfunctions
MODEL
All
[NEW] INFORMATION
The washer fluid mixture ratio is regulated by the U.S. EPA and many individual states; do not exceed the allowable washer fluid "dilution/ratio
limits" that apply. Follow the usage instructions on the washer fluid container. Only use BMWs Windshield Washer Concentrate or the equivalent.
[NEW] SITUATION
The windshield washer jets spray a very low volume of fluid or no fluid at all.
[NEW] CAUSE
Situation 1
A buildup of excess manufacturing-related materials on the windshield washer pump strainer. This primarily occurs on lower mileage vehicles.
Situation 2
A buildup of an organic "algae-like" substance on the windshield washer pump strainer. The algae-like substance is typically caused by using only
water in the washer fluid tank.
^ The customer must be instructed to only fill the windshield washer fluid tank with the appropriate "mixture" of Windshield Washer Concentrate
and water."
Situation 3
The windshield washer pump strainer is damaged because of using the "incorrect type" of cleaning fluid or one which contains an excessive and
incorrect amount of washer fluid concentrate.
Note:
Attempting to use the windshield washers when the washer fluid reservoir is empty or when the strainer is clogged will damage the washer pump.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
1. Remove the washer fluid pump per ISTA Repair Instructions 61 71 100 and inspect the strainer.
2. Any remaining fluid in the washer fluid reservoir must be drained and properly discarded. Clean the reservoir tank as necessary.
3. Replace the strainer, which is installed on the intake side of the pump, as required.
4. Do not replace the washer pump, reservoir tank or windshield nozzles, provided they are still functioning properly.
5. Refill the washer fluid reservoir with the allowable ratio of approved BMW Windshield Washer Concentrate and water.
[NEW] PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 30
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840312 Date: 120601
Bluetooth(R) - iPhone(R) Is Not Displayed In Paired List
SI B84 03 12
Communication Systems
June 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Bluetooth: iPhone Is Not Displayed in the List of Paired Devices
MODEL
All equipped with one or more of the following options:
- 6VC (Combox controller)
- 639 (USA/CND mobile phone complete equipment)
- 644 (Mobile phone equipment with Bluetooth interface)
- 6NH (Hands-free equipment with USB interface)
- 6NK (Extended Bluetooth and USB device connection)
- 6NL (Mobile phone equipment with Bluetooth and USB device connection including BMW Assist)
SITUATION
When an Apple iPhone is being paired or reconnected to the vehicle, the following issues may occur:
^ The iPhone shows "connected" and the message "Telephone is connected" may or may not be displayed in the CID.
^ When in the phonebook menu, the message "Transferring data" is displayed constantly in the CID and the pairing process does not complete.
Even though the pairing process is not completed, an incoming call can still be answered using the iDrive or MFL buttons and the conversation can
be carried out via the vehicles Bluetooth (hands-free) system with no interaction with the iPhone.
CAUSE
^ The iPhone was named using an emoticon (emoji) character, such as a smiley face.
^ Some or all of the contacts in the iPhone are stored using emoticons (emoji) characters, such as a smiley face.
PROCEDURE
Do not replace any parts and do not program the vehicle. This will not resolve the issue.
IMPORTANT:
The customers phone is needed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 31
1. Check the name of the phone for emoticons as follows:
^ Settings/General/About/Name
^ Delete all emoticons from the phones name.
^ Rename the phone using only alphanumeric characters, i.e., letters and numbers.
2. Check and delete all emoticons from the list of contacts as needed.
IMPORTANT:
Do not restart the pairing process. Allow the phone to complete the previous pairing process.
The phone is now displayed in the list of paired devices and the Bluetooth/telephone system now functions as designed.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650807 Date: 120601
Audio System - Information On USB Audio Interface
SI B65 08 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
June 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 08 07 dated June 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
USB Audio Interface
MODEL
[NEW] All vehicles with
^ Option 6FL (USB Audio Interface)
Or
^ Option 6NL (Connection Bluetooth + USB devices incl.)
INFORMATION
The USB Audio interface is only available as a factory-installed option and cannot be retrofitted.
The USB Audio Interface allows the connection of compatible MP3 players, such as an Apple iPod (Generation4 or higher), to the vehicle and
operates it through the vehicles audio controls.
In addition to MP3 players, audio files on USB sticks can also be played through the USB audio interface.
Only audio files can be played. Accessing other files such as videos is not possible.
The USB audio interface currently supports the following compressed formats:
^ MP3 (mp3)
^ AAC (aac, m4a, m4b)
^ WAV/PCM (wav)
^ WMA (wma, asf)
^ Playlists in M3U format
NOTE:
WAV files are not supported in playlists.
It is possible to access all stored audio data directly through a playlist, as well as searching for genre, artist, album or title. However, the sorting and
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 32
displaying of audio files in the vehicle can only be carried out correctly if all the data stored on the MP3 player (e.g., ID3 tags) contains only Roman
characters. Playlists must contain absolute path indications if the audio file is not located in the same directory as the playlist itself.
Storage of the device and first installation
Observe all operating and storage instructions for the device if the iPod, MP3 player or USB stick is stored in the vehicle. It is recommended not to
store iPods, MP3 players or USB sticks in the vehicle for any length of time, since extreme environmental conditions (temperature, humidity) may
cause damage to the device.
Upon initial connection of an iPod, MP3 player or USB stick containing large amounts of data, audio files can be only accessed through the
directory structure of the device. The search by genre, artist, album or title only becomes available after the corresponding file information has been
transferred to the vehicle. The performance of an iPod, MP3 player or USB stick in the vehicle (such as duration of synchronization or operation
speed) depends on the storage capacity and technology of the device, as well as the number and the format of stored audio files. For example, the
synchronization of a USB stick with 8 GB of flash storage can take up to 10 minutes; longer synchronization times could be due to device specific
characteristics. During this time, music titles can be selected through indexes and file names.
Should the interaction of an iPod, MP3 player or USB stick with the USB Audio Interface not function correctly, it may also be due to defective or
unsupported encoding of audio files (e.g., bit rates bigger than 256 kbit/s).
For questions, please contact your local customer service directly or via email at: customer.service@bmw.com.
Compatible devices
Due to the variety of MP3 players and USB sticks and their technical differences, faultless operation with the USB audio interface cannot be
guaranteed for all devices.
For a list of compatible and/or recommended USB devices, please refer to the BMW USA website:
www.bmw.com/com/en/owners/navigation/audio/usb_audio.html.
For more detailed information on how to operate the connected audio device (iPod, MP3 or USB device) through the vehicle audio system, refer to
the Owners Manual.
The message "Incompatible Device" indicates the usage of an incompatible type of device.
IMPORTANT:
The playing of audio files from mobile phones equipped with a USB interface through the USB audio interface is not recommended. The receiving
or placing of phone calls cannot be guaranteed, because some mobile phone models exclude Bluetooth functionality in conjunction with a USB
connection.
NOTE:
Charging the device through the cigar lighter should be avoided because of possible audio distortions caused by the cigar lighter.
Apple iPod devices
Identifying iPod models:
docs.info.apple.com/article.html?artnum=61688
^ iPod shuffle (with flash storage).
NOTE:
Can only be connected and used as "USB Mass Storage Class" devices along with a USB cable, if the File Allocation Table (FAT) format is
used.
^ Details for using the iPod as a "storage drive" can be found online: docs.info.apple.com/article.html?artnum=61131
^ Information on how to detect the software version of an iPod is available online: docs.info.apple.com/article.html?artnum=60984
NOTE:
When the iPod is connected to iTunes through a PC, iTunes is capable of automatically updating the iPod software. This could adversely affect the
interaction of the iPod with the USB audio interface.
[NEW] Vehicles without option 6NL (Connection Bluetooth + USB devices incl.):
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 33
Apple iPod devices must be connected to the vehicle through the adapter cable provided (Y cable from 30-pin-connector to USB and AUX-In).
It enables quick access to the iPods audio files and also charges the iPod while connected to the vehicle via the USB connector. In addition,
copy-protected music files can also be played.
IMPORTANT:
If the provided adapter cable for the Apple iPod is not used, iPod devices can only be used as a "storage drive" with the FAT format; the operation
of iPod devices under MacOS is also not possible.
Refer to the Aftersales Business Development & Marketing BMW Dealer Bulletin 65 04 07. See Attachment A.
[NEW] Vehicles with option 6NL (Connection Bluetooth + USB devices incl.):
[NEW] The Apple USB cable must be used (white USB cable which comes with the Apple device).
iPod devices can be disconnected from the vehicle at any time. Only the audio content of videos can be played.
MP3 devices
MP3 players can be connected to the vehicle through an aftermarket USB cable.
These devices will then also be charged through the USB connection.
IMPORTANT:
Copy-protected music files are not supported for these devices.
Devices with "Media Transfer Protocol (MTB)" cannot be used with the USB audio interface.
This applies especially to devices with the "PlaysForSure" logo. To convert the device into "USB Mass Storage Class" mode, refer to the owners
manual of the MP3 player.
The MP3 player needs to be formatted with the FAT file system. Only the files of the first partition will be displayed.
NOTE:
During synchronization of an MP3 player with a PC, the software of the MP3 player could be automatically updated.
This could adversely affect the compatibility of the MP3 player with the USB audio interface.
USB devices
USB sticks can be connected directly to the USB Audio Interface.
NOTE:
On 1 Series, 3 Series and Z4 vehicles only, an adapter cable has to be used when connecting a USB stick to the USB Audio Interface to prevent
damage to the USB stick when closing the armrest. This adapter cable is no longer provided by the factory in these vehicles from May 2009 on. On a
customer request basis, it can be ordered through parts (P/N 84 10 9 143 446).
These devices will then also be charged through the USB connection.
IMPORTANT:
Copy-protected music files are not supported for these devices.
USB hard disks and USB hubs and/or card reader with several inputs cannot be used with the USB Audio Interface.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 34
IMPORTANT:
The use of USB sticks with an integrated hard disk is not recommended, since tests have shown that their audio quality may not be acceptable.
USB sticks need to be formatted with the FAT format. Only the files of the first partition will be displayed.
Due to the variety of USB sticks on the market and their technical differences, faultless operation in the vehicle can only be ensured through testing
the product in the vehicle.
ATTACHMENT
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 35
Attachment A
Troubleshooting/Concept Related Behaviors
TROUBLESHOOTING
Technical limitations of the USB audio interface
1. The connected USB device is not recognized and cannot be selected as an entertainment source. This is with the USB device connected at
vehicle start-up, or if the USB device is connected with the ignition on (KL15):
^ Not all USB devices are compatible with option 6FL or option 6NL. Please refer to the latest list of compatible and/or recommended USB
devices. www.bmw.com/com/en/owners/navigation/audio/usb_audio.html
^ For diagnosis of the USB audio interface connection, please refer to SI B65 07 08.
2. A track cannot be played and/or is skipping:
^ The file has an invalid format (not mp3, wma or aac), is corrupt, or protected by Digital Rights Management (DRM).
3. Playlists, genres, artists, albums and tracks on USB devices are not displayed:
^ Only Roman text characters are supported. Other character sets (Greek, Japanese, etc.) cannot be displayed.
4. Time period differs for playlists, genres, artists, albums and tracks on USB devices are displayed:
^ The time period for playlists, genres, artists, albums and tracks on USB devices to be displayed depends upon the number of audio files on
the final device. In the case of a device with 80GB storage and 15,000 audio files, for example, this could take several hours.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 36
5. The iPod cant be fully operated through the vehicle audio system (affects only option 6FL):
^ For use of an Apple iPod, it is recommended to use the "Adapter cable for Apple iPod" (Y-cable). If the Apple iPod is connected using the
USB connector cable supplied with the iPod, the iPod is activated as a USB MSC device. This is only possible if the iPod has been
configured accordingly, using iTunes, and formatted using an FAT file system (Windows systems only, not Mac). In addition, no access to
the playlists is possible in this operating mode and the DRM-protected audio files cannot be played.
6. Distortions through the audio system when the device is connected to the cigar lighter for charging:
^ There are malfunctions and audio interference, if a device is connected to both the USB connector and the 12V socket. Depending on the
model, the USB devices may be supplied with power by the USB connector itself. This means that no additional power connection is
required, nor is one recommended.
7. USB hard drive is not working correctly:
^ Trouble-free operation of USB hard drives cannot be guaranteed. The power supply of the USB is not sufficient for most hard drives.
Audio interference may also occur. The use of hard drives is neither supported nor recommended.
8. iPod 3rd Generation is not working:
^ iPods of the 3rd generation are not supported.
9. With the CCC head unit, the browsing history is not stored. For example, if the list of artists is browsed and an artist is selected, the cursor will
appear at the beginning when returning to the artists list.
^ Normal operation.
10. There are malfunctions if a mobile phone is connected to the USB Audio Interface and paired with the Bluetooth hands-free system:
^ Some mobile phones deactivate Bluetooth if connected to USB.
Concept related behaviors
1. Intermittent inability to select and/or activate categories such as playlists, genres, artists, albums, and tracks after starting the vehicle with the
USB device already connected. This occurs if very few audio files (less than 70) are stored on the USB device:
^ Disconnect and/or reconnect the USB device, or store more audio files.
2. Message "Reading data" is permanently displayed:
^ Make a new selection; disconnect and/or reconnect the device; change the entertainment source and change back again; allow the vehicle
to enter sleep mode.
3. Message "No supported audio files found" is displayed when a playlist is selected:
^ If playlists and audio files are stored in different folders, absolute paths must be used, e.g., /dir1/dir2/track.mp3.
4. Interference is heard instead of an audio track after a vehicle start with a USB stick connected:
^ Select a new track manually, or skip forward or back.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650612 Date: 120501
Audio/Battery - Failures Caused By Aftermarket USB Cable
SI B65 06 12
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
May 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Audio and Battery Failures Caused by Aftermarket USB Adapter Cable
MODEL
All vehicles with USB port
SITUATION
Connecting an external device (e.g., MP3/MP4 player, Cell Phone) to the USB port in the vehicle (center console) with an aftermarket USB adapter
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 37
cable (supplied with the device or bought as accessory for the device) can cause the following issues:
1. MOST-bus is inoperative.
^ No audio sound at all, including Radio, CD/DVD, Phone, PDC, Warning Gong
^ The telephone/BMW Assist is inoperative.
2. The vehicle battery is discharged.
^ High current draw caused by the non-approved aftermarket USB cable
In addition, the following messages can be displayed in the Check Control system:
^ Vehicle battery. Increased battery discharge at standstill
^ PDC failed! No acoustic warning available for Park Distance Control PDC
Note:
Apple devices are not affected when using the correct and approved USB adapter cable (either the original white Apple USB adapter cable
or the Y-cable available through BMW centers), depending on the model and production period of the BMW vehicle.
CAUSE
The Aftermarket USB adapter cable does not conform to the requirements of BMW specifications.
INFORMATION
Do not replace parts and do not perform a repair attempt.
Verify the complaint with the customer-owned USB device and the USB adapter cable.
Explain to the customer that the Aftermarket USB adapter cable is causing this behavior.
Note:
USB hard disc drives, USB hubs and/or card readers with several inputs cannot be connected to the USB port in the vehicle.
For more information on the USB audio interface and BMW approved USB devices, please refer to Service Information B65 08 07.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 610800 Date: 120501
Electrical System - Parasitic Draw Measurement
SI B61 08 00
General Electrical Systems
May 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 08 00 dated December 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Closed-circuit Current Measurement
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Increased closed-circuit currents may occur permanently or intermittently and cause the battery to discharge prematurely. The increase in
closed-circuit current may be caused by a faulty control unit, or by the installation of a non-approved accessory.
In a situation where a vehicle has broken down due to a discharged battery, for diagnostic purposes it is important not to disconnect the battery. This
is because a control unit will be reset if the battery is disconnected. Following a reset, the faulty control unit may start functioning correctly again,
making accurate diagnosis impossible.
[NEW] To correctly measure closed-circuit current, the 50-amp clip-on probe (previously used with the MIB) or the 100-amp clip-on probe can now
be used in conjunction with the IMIB (Integrated Measurement Interface Box) to properly diagnosis closed-circuit current problems over an
extended period of time. Connect the amp clip-on probe directly to the IMIB Measurement input 3 (green socket). Refer to SI B04 35 09 for
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 38
information about the IMIB.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable
Procedure
PROCEDURE
1. [NEW] It is very important that any "Power management" faults stored be diagnosed and corrected, and the "Energy Diagnosis" test plan
carried out before the following procedure is performed. Only perform this procedure if closed-circuit current violations are listed in the "Most
Likely Cause" list.
2. [NEW] Check and test the battery using the BMW Battery Tester. Refer to SI B 04 25 02 for information about the BMW Battery. Refer to SI
B61 02 11 for vehicles equipped with advanced onboard battery diagnostics that do not require the BMW Battery Tester. If necessary,
recharge or replace the battery.
3. If the battery is installed in the trunk, open the trunk and turn the lock to the locked position, using a screwdriver or similar (simulates the
trunk lid being closed). The hood must be closed. If the battery is installed in the engine compartment, open the hood and pull the front lid
contact switch fully up, and lock in this position (workshop position, simulates the front lid being closed). The trunk must be closed.
4. With the exception of the trunk/hood above, all other doors/lids must be closed.
5. In order to simulate normal closed-circuit conditions:
^ Turn the ignition on and activate all electrical consumers, including any accessories. Turn the ignition off. In some cases, a drive cycle
may need to be carried out in order to duplicate a closed-circuit current problem.
^ Open and close the driver's door (simulates somebody getting out).
^ Lock the car, arming the DWA if this is installed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 39
6. In general, closed-circuit current consistently over 50mA must be investigated. Depending on the vehicle's equipment, closed-circuit current
by vehicle model is approximately as shown above.
7. If the nominal milliamp reading is not achieved after the appropriate time, refer to the attached troubleshooting charts. On 2005 MY vehicles
equipped with BMW ASSIST, there are additional current fluctuations as high as 500ma that last for approximately 2 minutes. The
fluctuations occur every 15 minutes for up to 14 hours after key off. This is considered normal operation of the TCU, and should not be
considered a fault. This also applies to 2005 TCUs that are installed into earlier production vehicles as replacement parts.
^ E60, E63, E64 Closed-Circuit Current Troubleshooting E6x up to 9/05 production
^ E60, E61, E63, E64 Closed-Circuit Troubleshooting E6x from 9/05 production
^ E65, E66 Closed-Circuit Current Troubleshooting up to 3/04 production
^ E65, E66 Closed-Circuit Current Troubleshooting from 3/04 production
^ Normal closed-circuit current values for E65, E70, E60, E61, E63, and E64
CLOSED-CIRCUIT CURRENT MEASUREMENT WITH THE IMIB
Note:
This technique with an IMIB is particularly suitable for extended measurements, and provides a graphical readout of recorded
measurements over time. It is recommended for situations where the use of a multimeter provided insufficient information for problem
diagnosis.
1. The IMIB can be accessed from any ISID within the workshop.
2. Select "Activities".
3. Select "Measuring devices".
4. Select from the "Level 1" column, "Measuring devices", and then "OK".
5. From the "Connection manager" screen, select the free IMIB and "Set up connection".
6. The "Measures devices" screen opens on the "Multimeter" tab.
7. Select the "Oscilloscope" tab.
8. Highlight the "CH1" tab to activate channel 1.
9. Under channel 1, "Source", scroll with the arrows to select "Clip-on probe 50A".
10. Make sure that clip-on probe is not connected to the battery cable, and acknowledge the pop-up message with "OK".
11. Change the "A/Div" setting to "1A".
12. Under the "Time" selection box, change the "Time/Div" setting based on the number of measurements needed (5 ms to 200 s). The longer
times should be selected when performing the measurement over an extended period.
13. Select "CH 1" under "Cursor" to monitor the actual readings.
14. Select "Record" if performing long term measurements.
15. After performing the measurement, select "Record" again; the display will change to "Compress" and display the recorded data on the 1
screen.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 40
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 41
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 42
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 43
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 44
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 45
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 46
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 47
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 48
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 110606 Date: 120501
Engine - Head Bolt Threads Pull Out of Engine Block
SI B11 06 06
Engine
May 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B11 06 06 dated June 2006.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Head Bolt Threads Stripping Out of Block During Engine Reassembly
MODEL
[NEW] All with aluminum engine block
[NEW] SITUATION
While performing the torque procedure on the cylinder head during engine reassembly, the head bolt threads strip out of the block. Typically this
occurs during the repair of an engine that has been overheated.
CAUSE
Overheat condition has weakened the structure of the aluminum block assembly in the area of the bolt threads.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 49
[NEW] PROCEDURE
In cases where an engine needs to be disassembled due to an overheating event, the following steps should be taken:
1. Before removing the cylinder head, loosen and retorque each head bolt to ensure thread strength and integrity.
2. If the engine block threads strip (pull out of the engine block) during the retorque, replace the engine block with piston or complete "short"
engine assembly as determined and supported by the repair/replacement cost analysis.
3. If all head bolts achieve correct torque, proceed with cylinder head removal. Once removed, use a straight edge on the block surface, as well
as the cylinder head, to determine if any deviation caused by the overheat is present. If applicable, be aware of any protrusion of the cylinder
liners above the surface of the engine block.
Note:
Some engines and engine blocks require TeileClearing approval before replacement.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
For covered repairs where the approved BMW repair instructions allow for the repair or replacement of a part, component, or assembly, a repair
must be performed as long as the cost of repair does not exceed 75 percent of the cost of replacement of the part, component or assembly.
Please see "Repair or Replacement of Parts, Components or Assemblies" in the BMW Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual: Section 5 -
Supplemental Information. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 350112 Date: 120401
M/T - Repairs To Clutch Pedal Assembly
SI B35 01 12
Pedals
April 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Repairs to Clutch Pedal Assembly
MODEL
All with manual transmission
INFORMATION
The clutch pedal assembly incorporates a mechanical mechanism to allow for smooth application of the clutch. This mechanism consists of the
following components:
Bracket (1)
Over-center spring (2)
Bracket (3)
The two brackets form a barrel and plunger-type assembly. These brackets should always be replaced as a set whenever replacement is necessary.
PARTS INFORMATION
Refer to ETK.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 620612 Date: 120401
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 50
Instruments - Maximum Permissible Speedometer Deviations
SI B62 06 12
Instruments
April 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B62 02 96.
SUBJECT
Maximum Permissible Speedometer Deviations
MODEL
All
SITUATION
The vehicle speed displayed in the instrument cluster displays a speed that is higher than the actual speed.
INFORMATION
Most speedometers have tolerances of approximately +10%. A "speedometer advance" is necessary to compensate for negative tolerances in tire
diameter, electronic controls, tire temperature, tire pressure, vehicle load and other factors.
Vehicle manufacturers usually calibrate speedometers to read high by an amount equal to the average error, to ensure that their speedometers never
indicate a lower speed than the actual speed of the vehicle.
Excessive speedometer deviations can come from several causes, but most commonly are due to nonstandard tire diameter and wheel size.
This SI defines the maximum and permissible speedometer reading tolerance.
The instrument cluster is a sealed unit and cannot be calibrated. Any tampering to the cluster will void the related component or vehicle warranty
coverage that is applicable.
GPS devices are positional speedometers, based on how far the receiver has moved since the last measurement. Its speed calculations are not subject
to the same sources of deviation as the vehicle's speedometer (wheel size, transmission/drive ratios). Instead, the GPS positional accuracy, and
therefore the accuracy of its calculated speed, is dependent on the satellite signal quality at the time.
If you are using a known accurate GPS system as a reference speed, you need to use the formula below to calculate the maximum permitted
speedometer advance, which is 10% of the actual (input) speed plus 2.4 mph.
Example:
Actual speed = 50 mph
50 mph x 10% = 5 mph; 5 mph + 2.4 mph = 7.4 mph
Therefore, the permissible displayed speed is 50 to 57.4 mph.
(Note: The displayed speed must never be less than the actual speed.)
No repairs should be attempted if the speedometer advance is within 10% + 2.4 mph.
Use ISTA ((Integrated Service Technical Application) diagnosis or the instrument cluster self-test to make sure the needle for the speedometer is
moving smoothly.
NOTE:
The amount of speedometer advance has no effect on recording accumulated mileage in the odometer display. The odometer records total mileage
digitally, and does not incorporate any "advance" tolerances.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 611512 Date: 120401
Electrical - Updated Battery Registration Procedure
SI B61 15 12
General Electrical Systems
April 2012
Technical Service
SUBJECT
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 51
Updated Battery Registration Procedure
MODEL
All
SITUATION
With the release of ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application) D2.30.6 or later, an updated battery registration test plan has been introduced.
The test plan allows the technician to enter a 12-digit "Data Code Matrix" or 6-digit "Supplier Number" that is easily read off the new battery. This
will allow for tracking of the new battery in the vehicle, which will improve quality control of replacement batteries.
PROCEDURE
In order to obtain the proper numbers required by the test plan, before installing the replacement battery, note the 12-digit "Data Code Matrix" or
6-digit "Supplier Number" from the new battery. These numbers can be found on top of the battery. The next 2 steps will provide examples of the
numbers.
1. The 12-digit "Data Code Matrix" shown in this example is "11B336BE2015" and is a combination of numbers and letters.
Note:
Not all replacement batteries have this code. If this is the case, use the 6-digit code identified in step 2.
2. The 6-digit "Supplier Number" shown in this example is "165902". If this number is entered in the test plan, you also need the numbers
stamped on top of the negative post of the battery, for example, "46 11."
3. After the numbers have been obtained and the battery is installed in the vehicle, start diagnosis using ISTA D2.30.6 or later.
4. Select "Identification / Vehicle selection / Read out vehicle data / Start identification." A vehicle test is not necessary in order to perform
battery registration.
5. Select "Activities / Service function / 03 Body / Power supply / Register battery change / Start search."
6. Select the test plan "AS6120_WECHSEL - Register battery replacement."
7. Once the test plan starts, select "Register battery replacement."
8. The test plan reads out the current battery that is registered in the vehicle. Select the appropriate entry that applies to the replacement battery:
^ "Enter battery replacement: same capacity"
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 52
^ "Enter battery replacement: higher/lower capacity"
^ "Enter battery replacement: Change from normal lead-acid battery to AGM battery"
9. The test plan then asks the question, "Is there a data matrix code on the label of the newly installed battery?"
^ Select "Yes" if the 12-digit code displayed in step 1 is present. After yes is selected. proceed to step 10.
^ Select "No" if the 6-digit code displayed in step 2 is present. After no is selected, proceed to step 11.
Note:
Most replacement batteries only have the 6-digit code on the new battery.
10. The test plan prompts to "Enter second line of data matrix code as described (Note! Upper and lower case sensitive)." Enter the 12-digit code
recorded from the new battery in step 1 with no spaces, for example, "11B336BE2015." Select "Next" when finished. The new battery is
registered in the vehicle and the test plan can be completed. You are finished.
11. This step should only be performed if "No" was selected in step 9. The test plan prompts to "Enter 6-digit supplier number as described."
Enter the 6-digit code recorded from the new battery in step 2, for example, "165902." Select "Next" and proceed to the next step.
12. The test plan prompts to "Enter number of polarity mark without spaces." Enter the 4 digits that were recorded in step 2 from the top of the
negative battery post, for example "4611." Select "Next" when finished. The new battery is registered in the vehicle and the test plan can be
completed. You are finished. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # NHTSA12V126000 Date: 120323
Recall 12V126000: Potential Battery Cable Overheating
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S):
BMW/5 Series 2004-2009
BMW/5-Series 2010
BMW/6 Series 2004-2010
BMW/M5 2006-2010
BMW/M6 2007-2010
MANUFACTURER: BMW of North America, LLC.
MFR'S REPORT DATE: March 23, 2012
NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 12V126000
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A
COMPONENT: Electrical System: Battery: Cables
POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 367,682
SUMMARY:
BMW is recalling certain model year 2004-2010 5-Series, model year 2004-2010 6-Series, model year 2006-2010 M5, and model year 2007-2010
M6 vehicles. The insulated bulkhead connector for the positive battery cable may have been incorrectly attached to the trunk floor panel, which can
lead to a loosening of the bolt connection. As it loosens, an increase in electrical resistance at this cable connection is possible and could cause the
cable connection to overheat.
CONSEQUENCE:
Overheating could lead to a fire, even while the vehicle is not in use. As a precaution, owners are advised to park outside until the remedy has been
made.
REMEDY:
BMW will notify owners, and dealers will inspect and secure the battery bolt cable connection as necessary, free of charge. The safety recall is
expected to begin in April 2012. Owners may contact BMW Customer Relations and Services at 1-800-525-7417.
NOTES:
Customers may contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
or go to http://www.safercar.gov.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 110109 Date: 120301
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 53
Engine - CPO Engine Inspection Information
SI B11 01 09
Engine
Technical Service
March 2012
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B11 01 09 dated March 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
CPO Inspection Guidelines: Engine Inspection on Vehicles with Extended ("Overdue") Oil Service Intervals
MODEL All
SITUATION
During the CPO inspection process, vehicles with a questionable service history may require further consideration prior to continuing with the CPO
inspection.
Such vehicles will fall into the category of "TSE must approve" when qualifying for the CPO Program, using the "CPO Service Guidelines -
Maintenance Tables" document (copy is attached). This Service Information bulletin provides the engine inspection procedure for vehicles with an
extended ("overdue") service history.
In general, the high quality synthetic oils used in BMW engines provide sufficient protection against oxidation, nitration and thermal breakdown,
even in situations when the regular service maintenance was extended ("overdue"), due to the customers neglect.
However, certain external conditions (mainly city driving style and/or high engine loads; poor fuel quality; extreme ambient temperatures), combined
with excessively long oil service intervals, may accelerate engine oil degradation, which may cause premature wear of the engine components.
Continuous city driving (stop & go traffic); fuels with high content of olefins; sulfur and certain aromatic fractions; and very high ambient
temperatures are the most influential factors causing premature oil aging and a consecutive engine mechanical deterioration.
If the vehicle falls into the category of "TSE must approve" (red zone in the table), the following steps need to be performed in order to determine
vehicles CPO eligibility:
1. Remove the engine valve cover (on N62/N62TU and N73 engines, only from the left bank) and the oil filter insert.
2. To document the engine condition, digital pictures of the valvetrain; the inside surface of the valve cover; the oil filter insert; and the
identification plate from the left B-pillar must be taken.
3. Create and submit a PuMA case titled "CPO Engine Inspection", which should be categorized as follows:
The submitted PuMA case must describe the vehicles service history and must also have the pictures listed above (taken in "jpeg" format with low
resolution camera settings) attached.
4. Based on the information provided in the PuMA case, the TSE will qualify the vehicle for the CPO enrollment. If the TSE determines that the
vehicles condition will disqualify it for the CPO Program, then he will reply to the "CPO Engine Inspection" case denying the approval for the
CPO Program.
5. If the TSE determines that the vehicle condition is acceptable for the enrollment in the CPO Program, then the TSE will reply to the PuMA
case approving the CPO enrollment.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 54
6. The attached illustrations below are the examples of how the engine components should be photographed, and should be used as guidelines in
the inspection process.
Example # 1:
Picture of the valvetrain components after the valve cover is removed (camshafts, VANOS units, timing chain, and eccentric shaft - if fitted, should
be visible)
Example # 2
Picture of the inside surface of the valve cover
Example # 3
Picture of the oil filter insert
Example # 4
Picture of the vehicles identification plate from the B-pillar
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 55
B110109_Maintenance_Tables.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 090707 Date: 120301
Computers, Controls - Programming VS Veh. Data Status
SI B09 07 07
Programming/Coding Explanations
March 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B09 07 07 dated February 2012.
Changes only affect the attachment.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Programming Version Vehicle Data Status
MODEL All
SITUATION
All affected vehicles have a Vehicle Data Status stored in the vehicle, e.g., E065-07-09-500. This Vehicle Data Status describes the current
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 56
configuration of the vehicle, and is used for programming by ISTA/P.
INFORMATION
To compare the Vehicle Data Status against with the ISTA/P version, refer to the [NEW] attachment or the 3g Technology website on Centernet.
For future ISTA/P releases, the attachment will only be posted on the 3g Technology website in Centernet.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 57
B090707_BMW_ISTAP_ILevel_Overview.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 660211 Date: 120201
Keyless Sys. - Remote Control And Comfort Access Inop.
SI B66 02 11
Distance Systems, Cruise Control, Remote Control
February 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B66 02 11 dated August 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
[NEW] Remote Control and/or Comfort Access Functionality Is Inoperative
MODEL
All
[NEW] Vehicles with remote control keys that have a replaceable battery
SITUATION
The radio remote control and Comfort Access functionality is inoperative:
^ The vehicle can only be unlocked or locked with the mechanical key.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 58
^ The vehicle can only be started with the remote control key in the slot of the Car Access System (CAS) or when held very closely to the
steering column.
CAUSE
[NEW] The replaceable battery in the remote control key is either damaged or depleted.
CORRECTION
Step A:
A defective/depleted battery in the remote control key will mimic that no battery is installed in the remote control key; hence, no check control
message will be displayed. This is why it is imperative to test the battery in the remote control key first.
[NEW] Testing showed that even when performing diagnosis and following the test plan for the key battery charge/voltage status check offered in
ISTA, a damaged/depleted key battery will not be recognized.
[NEW] As a result, follow the recommendation below without performing a vehicle test:
1. [NEW] Check the battery functionality by removing the original key battery in the key and install a known good key battery; or, even better, use a
battery tester called state of charge (e.g., ZTS Multi-Battery Tester MBT-1) to test the key battery capacity
2. [NEW] Retest the functionality of the remote control key.
3. [NEW] When proper functionality is confirmed, replace the key batteries on all assigned remote control keys for the vehicle.
4. [NEW] If proper functionality cannot be restored with a known good key battery, refer to Step B.
Note:
The average life cycle of a battery in the remote control key is approximately 3 years from the day of production of the vehicle.
[NEW] More details on the ZTS Multi-Battery Tester MBT-1 can be found in Attachment_A and on the ZTS manufacturer website,
www.ztsinc.com/mbtl.html.
[NEW] Note:
The ZTS Multi-Battery Tester MBT-1 must be purchased through your center (e.g. from Amazon.com, SEARS, etc.). It will not be offered through
BMW.
Step B:
Perform diagnosis using ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application). Complete any test plans related to the radio remote control system.
Note:
If the remote control key must be replaced, swap the existing slide-in (mechanical) key into the new replacement remote control(s).
Important:
If the rearview mirror must be replaced (remote receiver is integrated) on a Convertible, please perform a visual check on the mirror to assure that
the frequency of the remote receiver installed in the mirror is 315 MHz.
[NEW] PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 59
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 60
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 61
Attachment A - Information on ZTS Multi-Battery Tester MBT-1
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 111190 Date: 120301
Engine - E Series Engine Oil Capacities
SI B11 11 90
Engine
March 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B11 11 90 dated November 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Engine Oil Capacities
MODEL
All E Series except E12, E21 and E23
SITUATION
The attached [NEW] chart has been revised to show all engine oil capacities (with oil filter change) for current BMW engines, as well as earlier
production BMW engines. This information is also included in the technical data section of TIS and the Owner's Manual.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 62
When checking the oil level after an oil change, the level should be in the upper third of the space between the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick.
If the dipstick displays an improper reading after adding the specified amount of oil, first verify that the engine has the correct dipstick installed.
Refer to ETK for individual parts information.
BMW recommends checking the oil level and, if necessary, topping up, using the correct viscosity and quality specification whenever refilling is
required (refer to SI B11 08 98 for details).
M3, M Coupe, M Roadster (S54), M5 and Z8 (S62) Engine Oil Level Checking Procedure:
The S54 and S62 engines require a different procedure than conventional practice to check the oil level, which must be followed precisely for a true
indication of the oil fill level:
^ The engine must first be at full operating temperature.
^ Let the engine idle for at least 15 seconds.
^ Turn the engine off
^ Wait at least 1 minute for the oil to drain down into the sump.
^ Check the level using the dipstick.
[NEW] All NG6, N62TU, N63, S63, N74, S65 and S85 Engines
These engines are equipped with an electronic oil level check. Follow the procedure in the Owner's Manual for proper checking of the oil level.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 63
B111190 Engine Oil Chart2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650205 Date: 120201
Audio System - SIRIUS(R) Satellite Radio Information
SI B65 02 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
February 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 02 05 dated April 2006.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
SiriusXM Satellite Radio: How It Works
MODEL
[NEW] All
[NEW] Vehicles equipped with option 655 (Satellite Radio)
INFORMATION
What is satellite radio in general?
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 64
It is a subscriber-based radio service that is broadcast directly from satellites. Subscribers will be able to receive up to 100 radio channels featuring
compact disc digital quality music, news, weather, sports, talk radio and other entertainment channels.
Basically, it is an additional radio band. Unlike AM and FM, which are transmitted from earth-bound transmitters, satellite radio comes primarily
from a signal sent via satellites orbiting the earth.
Satellite radio signals are digital and the satellites cover the entire continental US.
This means channels have no geographic boundaries, and when driving across the country, satellite radio should not encounter static or fade.
However, brief reception loss or distortion may occur when the satellite receiver in the vehicle loses sight of the satellite: for example, in dense
urban areas surrounded by high-rise buildings; under trees; in tunnels; or in some mountain valleys.
When such reception losses occur, "Acquiring" is shown on the radio display. This is normal operation and requires no further diagnosis.
NOTE:
SiriusXM has already installed land-based repeaters to minimize these occurrences.
How does SiriusXM satellite radio work?
[NEW] Sirius satellite radio is a Digital Audio Radio Service (SDARS) service operating in North America, owned by SiriusXM Radio.
Programming originates and is managed in the broadcast studio of SiriusXM, and transmitted to multiple high-powered satellites positioned in orbits
above the U.S.
The signal will then be broadcast from the satellites directly to satellite radio-capable receivers across the United States.
[NEW] For more detailed information, please log on to the SiriusXM website:
Satellite radio will not disrupt any existing radio signal. It is still possible to listen to local AM and FM stations.
[NEW] What is necessary for a SiriusXM satellite radio to operate in BMW vehicles?
To receive SiriusXM satellite radio in a BMW, three main components are needed:
1. SiriusXM-compatible audio system
2. Satellite antenna
3. Activated SiriusXM satellite radio receiver
The SiriusXM Satellite Receiver is a module that either is already part of the head unit (CIC, RAD2+ radio, etc.) or it mounts as a separate control
module in the rear of the vehicle.
The receiver is unique to BMW and specifically designed to work with SiriusXM satellite radio technology, integrating seamlessly into the BMW
bus network system.
The receiver module deciphers the satellite signal and converts it into an audio signal that is then sent to the vehicle's audio system.
The receiver will have a test channel (CH 184) to make sure the receiver is functioning.
The receiver must be activated to receive complete SiriusXM programming.
The BMW center activates the receiver via BMW CenterNet or a SiriusXM call center.
The Satellite Antenna is mounted on the roof on most models, and on the trunk of others.
Due to the technology of satellite radio transmissions, the antenna must be on the metal surface of a predefined area.
SiriusXM satellite radio is available for the following BMW vehicles:
Factory Installation
Refer to the availability chart on the SiriusXM website: www.siriusxm.com/vehicleavailability/b
Retrofit
Only vehicles with option 693 (Satellite Tuner Preparation)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 65
Refer to the compatibility chart (Sirius Application and Parts Information) for retrofit kits in the Electronic Accessory Information Portal on BMW
CenterNet.
NOTE:
SiriusXM satellite radio is not available for the Z3 Roadster/Coupe, Z8 and E38 models.
IMPORTANT:
For newer BMW models, it is necessary to activate the satellite radio receiver through an enabling code.
For additional information on enabling codes (ordering, downloading, installation), refer to Service Information B09 04 09 and B09 05 09..
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651211 Date: 120201
Audio System - Replacement Amplifier Not Recognized
SI B65 12 11
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
February 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 12 11 dated July 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Replacement HiFi Amplifier Is Not Recognized by ISTA and ISTA/P
MODEL
All produced between 09/2005 and 08/2010 with option 676 (HiFi Loudspeaker System)
SITUATION
The replacement HiFi amplifier is not recognized by the diagnosis tool ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application) and the part number is not
accepted by the programming and coding tool ISTA/P (Integrated Service Technical Application Programming).
This new-style HiFi amplifier:
^ Is no longer displayed in the control unit list;
^ Cannot be diagnosed; and
^ Cannot be programmed or coded.
CAUSE
This new-style HiFi amplifier (introduced into series production in 09/2010) no longer has a bus connection for diagnosis, programming and coding.
[NEW] INFORMATION
When installing the new style HiFi amplifier (replacement part), the following conversion must be performed in ISTA/P:
^ Conversion replacement HiFi loudspeaker system
Note:
This conversion option is only available in ISTA/P prior to the first new style HiFi amplifier installation in the affected vehicle.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 66
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 512909 Date: 120201
Body - Windshield Urethane Sealant Information
SI B51 29 09
Body Equipment
February 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes S.I. B51 29 09 dated September 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
1-Hour Windshield Urethane
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
[NEW] A "1-hour" system windshield urethane is currently available (P/N 83 19 2 223 012) and should be used in place of the previous "1-day"
system, (P/N 83 19 0 444 141).
The primary advantage to the "1-hour" system is a significantly quicker curing time.
The properties of the "1-hour" system are comparable to that of the "1-day" system, but the curing time is reduced by 1 hour.
The "1-hour" system is applied at room temperature and with the same procedure as the "1-day" system.
For additional details and precautions regarding the use of the "1-hour" urethane for windshield replacement, refer to Repair Instruction REP 51 31...
"Instructions on gluing windscreen"
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 240511 Date: 111201
A/T - Failures Due To Incorrect Installation
SI B24 05 11
Engine
December 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B01 04 98 dated June 1998.
SUBJECT
Transmission Failures Due to Incorrect Installation
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 67
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Transmission failure and damage can result from the incorrect installation of the transmission.
These transmission failures and or damages are often caused by damaged, misaligned or missing dowel bushings between the engine block and the
transmission housing. The resulting transmission-to-engine misalignment will gradually wear off the splines on the input shaft of the clutch cylinder
until power transfer is no longer possible.
The failure symptom relating to the misalignment is a popping sound while driving,loss of forward and reverse gears and finally totals failure of the
transmission. Transmission failure may occur between 1,000 and 25,000 miles after removal of the engine and or transmission depending on the
severity of the misalignment.
Misalignment of the transmission to the engine can also occur as a result of improper engine removal procedures (transmission is left in vehicle
during short block replacement), etc.
It is imperative that the proper procedures, tools and equipment necessary to repair or replace an engine or transmission be used. Additional
installation information can be found in SI B11 05 11 "Engine Removal and Installation Tips".
See attached document describing the damage that will result from improper transmission installation.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The warranty does not apply to the following:
Damage that results from improper repair.
Claims for transmissions replacements that result from the situation described in this Service Information bulletin will not be accepted.
ATTACHMENT
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 68
B2405112010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 110511 Date: 111201
Engine - Removal/Installation Tips
SI B11 05 11
Engine
December 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B 11 04 96 dated February 1998.
SUBJECT
Engine Removal and Installation Tips
MODEL
All
SITUATION
If repairs involving the removal and installation of the engine become necessary, the transmission must always be removed first as outlined in the
repair manual.
Note:
Always support the engine and transmission using the appropriate special tools to avoid automatic transmission oil pump damage due to engine and
transmission "sagging" at the mating point (engine block to transmission bell housing) before the fastening bolts are removed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 69
Before reinstallation of the transmission, the dowel sleeves must be removed from the transmission bell housing and installed in the engine block as
outlined in the repair manual and shown in the illustration below.
Note:
The transmission bell housing and engine block mating surfaces must always seat flush with each other (dowels seated in holes) before the bolts are
installed and tightened to avoid damage as seen in the illustrations below.
Failure to follow the proper repair procedures will result in engine and or transmission damage due to engine/transmission misalignment.
Additional installation information can be found in "Transmission Failures Due to Incorrect Installation".
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The warranty does not apply to the following:
Damage that results from improper repair.
Claims for engines replacements that result from the situation described in this Service Information bulletin will not be accepted.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650911 Date: 111101
Entertainment/Cell Phone - Intermittently Inoperative
SI B65 09 11
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
November 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Entertainment and Communication Systems are Inoperative Intermittently
MODEL
All vehicles with option 6FL (USB Audio Interface) and without option 6VC (Control Combox)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 70
SITUATION
The entertainment and communication Systems are intermittently inoperative when a USB device (e.g. MP3 player, USB stick) is connected during
vehicle start up. All functions are restored afier turning the ignition off and back on.
CAUSE
Overvoltage error caused by a non-supported USB device connected to the USB audio interface.
INFORMATION
Do not replace parts and do not perform a repair attempt.
Verify the complaint with the customer owned USB device and the customer present.
Explain to the customer that the non-approved USB device is causing this behavior.
For more information on the USB audio interface and BMW approved USB devices, please refer to the Service Information B65 08 07.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 620195 Date: 111101
Instruments - Odometer Reading Can't Be Recovered
SI B62 01 95
Instruments
November 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B62 01 95 dated September 1995.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
[NEW] After an Odometer, Coding Plug or Instrument Cluster Replacement, the Mileage Displayed Reads Zero
MODEL
All
[NEW] SITUATION
The actual odometer reading cannot be recovered after a related repair.
[NEW] CAUSE
Both the primary and backup control modules that contain the "restore" mileage data are replaced at the same time.
The transfer of the stored mileage data from the old part to the new replacement part has failed.
[NEW] INFORMATION
Disclosure Requirements
Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Transportation that include the way in which information is disclosed and retained, a person
transferring ownership of a motor vehicle shall give to the transferee the following written disclosure:
^ Disclosure of the cumulative mileage registered on the odometer.
^ Disclosure that the actual mileage is unknown due to modification or replacing a used part that shows the odometer reading is different from
the number of miles the vehicle has actually traveled.
^ The Federal Odometer Act (49 US Code Section 32701 - 32705) makes provisions for the lawful service, repair, or replacement of odometers.
A. If the mileage registered by the odometer remains the same as before the service, repair, or replacement.
B. If the mileage cannot remain the same:
^ Adjust the odometer to read zero; and
^ The vehicle owner or his/her agent shall attach a written notice to the left door frame (B-pillar) specifying the mileage before and the date of
the odometer service, repair, or replacement.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 71
Note:
State-specific odometer regulations may also apply.
If it becomes necessary to replace an odometer, coding plug, light module or instrument cluster (resulting in the new odometer reading being reset to
zero miles), a "non-removable" label is available from BMW NA to record the previous mileage.
On all repairs going forward, add the mileage on the label to the current odometer mileage to compute the "total" true mileage (document the
mileage and the procedure on the repair order).
[NEW] The label must be ordered separately.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 611502 Date: 111101
Audio System/Instruments - Various System Complaints
SI B61 15 02
General Electrical Systems
November 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 15 02 dated February 2006.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
MOST Bus Diagnosis
MODEL
All models equipped with a MOST Bus
SITUATION
The customer may complain of one or more of the following:
^ Crackling or popping sounds from all speakers
^ Loss of audio
^ The control display is constantly displaying the "BMW" banner
^ The iDrive controller is not responsive
^ The control display is blank, white or frozen on the current menu screen.
CAUSE
Possible causes include:
^ Control module power or ground failure
^ Fiber optic cable connection fault or improper radius
^ Faulty control module
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 72
^ Dirty, scratched or defective navigation map disc.
^ [NEW] Control module over temperature.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
1. Diagnose all MOST (Media Oriented Systems Transport) Bus system-related faults stored, using ISTA (Integrated Service Technical
Application).
2. If no faults are stored, the "MOST System Analysis" test plan can be called up via the following path in ISTA; "Function structure / 03 Body /
Audio, Video, Telephone, Navigation (MOST combination) / MOST functions".
3. Control module over temperature faults can be diagnosed with test plan "MOST device; excess temperature switch off" found via the following
path in ISTA: "Function structure / 03 Body / Audio, Video, Telephone, Navigation (MOST combination) / MOST functions".
If a control module becomes too hot, the control module switches off for up to 10 minutes to protect internal components from damage. Furthermore,
the entire MOST Bus can switch off for 10 minutes. After the control module has cooled down, it regains function again. If the fault "Cutoff excess
temperature" is stored in the control module, the control module concerned and the head unit will store the fault. These faults are taken into
consideration by the test plan in ISTA.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651511 Date: 110901
Entertainment Sys. - Audio Has Dropouts Or Distortions
SI B65 15 11
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
September 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
CIC-HDD: Audio Output Has Dropouts or Distortions During Playback
MODEL
All models with option 609, (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
SITUATION
When a CD or DVD is inserted into the Car Information Computer (CIC) internal DVD drive, the audio output can have dropouts or distortions
during playback.
INFORMATION
These audio output dropouts and/or distortions only occur if the inserted CD or DVD was already copied onto the CIC internal Hard Disc Drive
(HDD) and when this CD or DVD has copy protection.
IMPORTANT:
As soon as a copy-protected CD or DVD was copied onto the HDD, the audio output dropouts and/or distortions also occur without a CD or DVD
being inserted into the CIC internal DVD drive!
CAUSE
The CIC internal HDD recognizes the inserted CD or DVD as already copied onto the HDD and will play the music from the HDD database and not
from the CD or DVD.
Therefore the music data copied from the copy protected CD or DVD onto the HDD can be corrupted and cause the audio output dropouts and/or
distortions during playback.
Note:
CDs or DVDs that are played back in the CIC internal DVD drive but are not copied onto the HDD do not show this behavior.
CORRECTION
Do not replace parts and do not perform any repair attempt!
This is normal operation of the entertainment system.
Delete the music data stored on the CIC internal HDD and play the music directly from the CD or DVD inserted into the CIC internal DVD drive.
Please explain the behavior of the entertainment system to the customer.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 73
This Service Information bulletin provides technical and diagnostic information only.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 540111 Date: 111001
Body - Test Plans For Panoramic Roof
SI B54 01 11
Special Roofs
October 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B54 01 11 dated February 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Test Plans for Panoramic Roof
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Test plans have been developed and tested for all vehicles with the Panoramic Roof. Test plans must be performed before submitting a PuMA case.
INFORMATION
After completing a Vehicle Test~ the various test plans for the Panoramic Sunroof are found using the following paths:
^ [NEW] Guided Troubleshooting / Fault pattern / 06 Body / 0601 Roof / Calculate Test Plan (then choose the applicable test plan).
^ [NEW] Information Search / Function Structure / 03 Body / Locking and security functions / Sunroof / Start search (then choose the applicable
test plan).
^ [NEW] Information Search / Function Structure / 05 Non-electrical diagnosis - NED / 03 Body / Start Search (then choose the applicable test
plan).
Note:
Selections may vary from car to car, which could result in different test plans.
Please report any errors in the test plans using the Diagnosis Feedback icon (envelope) from the top status bar (refer to SI B07 06 08).
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 160107 Date: 110901
Emissions System - Evaporative System Leak Testing
SI B16 01 07
Fuel Supply Systems
September 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B16 01 07 dated March 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Testing Evaporative Systems for Leaks
MODEL
All
[NEW] EVAP SYSTEM TANK LEAKAGE DMTL TEST MODULE OPERATING HINTS
Evaporative system leakage is found using the DMTL tank leakage test plan:
If a leakage is found to be present using the DMTL leakage test plan, the following points should be verified.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 74
1. Check that the fuel cap is properly closed.
2. Testing the evaporative system requires all venting pipes and electrical connectors to be properly connected.
3. Search for leakage; if needed, use the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW.
4. Do not replace the DMTL pump or fuel cap.
Evaporative system leakage is NOT found using the DMTL tank leakage test plan:
Only perform the applicable test plans for the faults stored. Performing additional leak measurements using a smoke machine on a vehicle that
does not fail the DMTL leakage test plan will not be reimbursed by Warranty. Do not replace the fuel cap, DMTL pump or carbon canister.
DMTL pump "system error" fault is stored in the vehicle:
Only perform the applicable test plan for the fault stored. If the test plan states to replace the DMTL pump, only replace that component.
^ Do not smoke test the vehicle.
^ Do not replace the fuel cap.
^ Do not drain the fuel tank or refill.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS WHEN USING THE VACUTEC SMOKE MACHINE
Testing evaporative systems for leaks is very challenging. We have developed some diagnostic hints, along with the introduction of a new special
tool, to properly connect a smoke machine to the DMTL
fresh air vent/filter connection.
Recently the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW was added to the BMW Equipment Program. The VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine
625-522B-BMW is the only approved testing device for the fuel and evaporative systems. This device automatically converts air to high purity
nitrogen, using Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) nitrogen technology. Orders for the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW, can be
placed by calling the BMW Equipment program.
[NEW] Included with the new VACUTEC(R) smoke machine are various caps and adaptors to help connect the applicator hose to the vehicle. It is
always suggested not to disturb the system before testing; try to create as little disturbance as possible to the system when connecting the smoke
machine. This smoke machine utilizes an UltraTraceUVF smoke solution. The smoke solution incorporates an ultraviolet dye, which helps pinpoint
the leak with an ultraviolet residue surrounding the leak area. Determining the source of the leak is made easy when the included Hi-Density True
UV LED light and incandescent white light are used.
[NEW] When testing the vehicle's evaporative system using the flow meter on the VACUTEC smoke machine, the ball indicator should not lift from
the zero measurement on the scale when the system is leak-free. All BMWs are designed to be 100% leak-free. A flow meter indicating zero flow
would be the same as placing your finger over or kinking the application hose of the VACUTEC smoke machine (no flow = 100% leak-free).
For more information regarding evaporative system testing, describing possible fire hazards using oxygen vs. nitrogen, please refer to the following
SAE web site:
www.sae.org/technical/papers/2007-01-1235
Shown below is the Evaporative Test Adaptor, which can connect directly to DMTL (Diagnosis Module Tank Leakage) pump-equipped vehicles
only after the fresh air filter connection has been removed. When properly connecting the tool to the system, the main benefit is that it does not
disturb the integrity of the system. This tool should be used anytime the vehicle is in the workshop for a small or large leak in the evaporative
system. Shown in the picture is the tool connected to the DMTL at the fresh air filter connection.
Evaporative Test Adapter
(for vehicles equipped with a DMTL pump) P/N 83 30 0 433 207
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 75
Hose Connection to DMTL
When properly connecting the tool to the system, the main benefit is that it does not disturb the intergrity of the system. This tool should be used
anytime the vehicle is in the workshop for a small or large leak in the tool connected to the DMTL at the fresh air filter connections.
All vehicles equipped with a LDP (Leak Diagnosis Pump) system
Vehicles equipped with the LDP system will require a series of small pieces of rubber hose to adapt the smoke machine application hose.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 76
NOTE:
It is important that the initial test of the system is conducted with the system intact; avoid disturbance of the system. All electrical connectors and
ventilation pipes should not be disturbed, because an intermittent issue could be disturbed and nothing will be found during the test plan. Electrical
connector seals and pin or socket grommets are important parts of the system's integrity; each component relies on the electrical connectors for
proper sealing. Removing these connectors during testing will result in an incorrect diagnosis of the system.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840411 Date: 110901
BMW ASSIST(R) - System Isn't Working Properly
SI B84 04 11
Communication Systems
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 77
September 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
BMW ASSIST(TM) Troubleshooting
MODEL
Vehicles with option code 639 (BMW ASSISTTM)
SITUATION
The BMW ASSIST(TM) system is not working properly for various reasons:
^ The Telematics Control Unit (TCU) or Communications Box (CBX) was replaced.
^ It is not possible to initialize services from the menu.
^ BMW ASSIST(TM) calls have no voice or data connection.
^ MyInfo (Google(TM) Send to Car) is not working properly.
^ BMW ASSIST(TM) was previously deactivated in the vehicle.
CAUSE
Various reasons
Please be aware that calls can intermittently have no voice or no data connection. This is not a fault and might be related to poor network coverage
or no GPS reception due to the vehicle location. Please retry from a different location.
PROCEDURE
^ Diagnose the vehicle using ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application) diagnosis and work through any related faults.
^ Please check if there is an active Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA) for this customer.
^ Check if the area has limited network coverage - retest from a different location.
^ If the CBX was replaced, please follow SI B84 03 11 for the activation procedure.
^ If the CDMA-TCU was previously deactivated or replaced, please call 1-201-307-4347 for activation. Have the VIN and the ESN of the TCU
available.
^ Please follow the attached decision tree for further troubleshooting.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
This Service Information bulletin is intended to provide technical, diagnostic and/or repair process information only.
If an eligible warranty claim results that includes this process, it should be submitted following the regular warranty claim procedures that apply.
Please refer to the Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual regarding proper support, documentation and archiveing required for claims, as
applicable.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 78
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 79
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 80
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 81
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 82
B840411_Procedure
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 330102 Date: 110701
Drivetrain - Rear Axle Grinding Noise On Low Speed Turns
SI B33 01 02
Rear Axle
July 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B33 01 02 dated January 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
[NEW[ Grinding Noise from the Rear Axle Differential during Slow Cornering
MODEL
E46 M3 from start of production
E60 M5 from start of production
E63, E64 M6 from start of production
[NEW] E85 (Z4 M Roadster), E86 (Z4 M Coupe) with S54 from start of production
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 83
E90, E92 and E93 M3 from the start of production
SITUATION
A grinding noise may be heard coming from the differential during slow cornering. This noise is best heard during tight cornering situations; for
example, while parallel parking, driving in a tight circle, etc.
CAUSE
When the rear wheel speed differential varies during tight cornering, a slip/stick effect is created on the lining and steel discs incorporated in the
differential locking clutch causes a grinding noise.
This noise typically goes away as the locking clutch discs in the differential wear in.
The break-in time varies depending on driving habits; for example, tighter cornering (working the locking clutch) means that it takes less time to
wear in the locking clutch discs.
[NEW] CORRECTION
When this condition is verified as described above and afier performing the following replace the differential oil with the specially formulated
differential oil, BMW part number 83 22 2 282 583, if applicable.
1. Review the prior maintenance service history (DCSnet Vehicle History - Warranty Vehicle Inquiry) for one or both of the following:
Service - running-in check; and
Service - rear axle differential.
2. Confirm which oil is currently filled in the vehicle's differential:
Use the "MP Claims" button to filter and view the maintenance claims individually. Select and click on the corresponding "Claim Number" for the
applicable items above to proceed to the claim details - parts information.
If the vehicle's differential already contains the special formulation oil, the procedure outlined in this Service Information bulletin does not apply.
If the rear axle differential oil is eligible to be replaced with the special formulation oil, replace the oil and submit the claim as outlined in the
Procedure and Warranty Information sections of this Service Information bulletin.
Important:
Please see the "Note" in the Procedure section.
PROCEDURE
1. Drain the differential oil. Refer to the appropriate model repair instruction in TIS:
Main Group 33 / Subgroup 10 / REP 0011259.
2. Refill the differential with special differential oil as shown in the illustration below.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 84
^ Remove the seal (1) between the bottle cap and neck.
^ Pull the filler tube (2) out of the bottle.
^ Remove the cap (3) from the filler tube (2).
^ Insert the filler tube into the fill hole in the differential and with the bottle positioned under the output shaft, squeeze the bottle to transfer the oil
into the differential.
3. Road test the vehicle.
With the vehicle at operating temperature, drive in tight circles (20 circles in each direction), allowing the special oil to coat the locking clutch discs.
The grinding noise will decrease when the locking clutch discs are sufficiently coated. Some slight noises may still be heard after driving in tight
circles. Advise the customer that it will be necessary to drive the vehicle up to 600 miles before all noises are eliminated.
Note:
Vehicles that have had the differential oil converted to this special oil must continue to use this oil whenever a maintenance service or repair requires
the replacement of the differential oil.
PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 85
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650707 Date: 110701
Audio System - SDARS/SIRIUS(R) Radio Inoperative
SI B65 07 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
July 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 07 07 dated March 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
SDARS SIRIUS Radio Is Intermittently Inoperative
MODEL
All
Vehicles equipped with option 655 (Satellite Radio)
SITUATION
The SIRIUS/XM satellite radio is intermittently inoperative and "Acquiring" is displayed in certain cases.
[NEW] CAUSE
The antenna signal is missing for the following possible reasons:
1. The vehicle is in an area without connection to the SIRIUS/XM satellite.
^ Inside a building (parking garage, workshop, ...)
^ In tunnels
^ In a dense urban area surrounded by high-rise buildings
^ Under trees
^ In a valley or mountainous area
2. Defective SDARS antenna
3. Defective SDARS antenna cable
4. Defective connector on:
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 86
^ The SDARS antenna
^ The SDARS receiver
5. Internal fault in the SDARS receiver
[NEW] CORRECTION
Try to reproduce the complaint with the customer when possible. If it can be reproduced, follow the procedure below.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
Cause #1
A. Ask the customer where (location) and how often it is happening (can it be reproduced all the time?)
^ Try a similar vehicle for verification at the same location and time.
If it acts the same way, then the functionality is normal and no further steps have to be taken.
^ For information on SIRIUS/XM satellite radio functionality, please refer to Service Information B65 02 05.
Causes #2 through #5
B. If it is acting differently, follow these steps:
^ Check if the installed SDARS roof antenna (including the SDARS antenna cable) is defective by connecting an aftermarket SIRIUS antenna and
retest.
^ Check the connectors on the SDARS antenna (shark fin) and on the SDARS receiver.
^ If there is no problem found on the SDARS antenna including the SDARS antenna cable and connectors perform step C.
C. Perform diagnosis using ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application), and troubleshoot any faults related to the SIRIUS/XM satellite radio
system.
[NEW] PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 87
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 88
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 070211 Date: 110701
Compuetrs/Controls - Recommended Diagnostic Procedures
SI B07 02 11
Workshop Environment Systems
July 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Recommended Diagnostic Procedures
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
Information and test plans in ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application) are provided to assist the technician in troubleshooting. Diagnostic
test plans are available for electrical and electromechanical vehicle systems, as well as selected mechanical systems (NED; Non-electric Diagnosis).
Some electrical components and electromechanical systems do not require test plans to be performed for reimbursement via warranty.
The purpose of this bulletin is to provide:
^ Information on when diagnostic test plans are required/not required.
^ A recommended procedure on how to utilize the diagnostic information and test plans in ISTA.
Your knowledge and understanding of this information will result in efficient diagnostic procedures and warranty claim processing.
Within ISTA (D2.26 or later) detailed information can be found on:
^ Mechanical systems requiring diagnosis (NED): ISTA document "Contents Non-electric Diagnosis (NED)".
^ Electrical or electromechanical systems require no diagnosis: ISTA document "Contents Diagnosis", chapter "Component Repair without
Diagnosis." Some items are:
^ Faulty bulbs (except xenon and LED)
^ Items with visual defects
^ Electrical components with broken retaining elements
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 89
^ Items damaged by water ingress or thermal event (excluding control units)
^ Mechanical engine components with leaks or mechanical damage
^ Display devices with visual or mechanical defects
^ Inoperative horns, cigarette lighters or power sockets
These documents can always be called up in ISTA via "News", and are updated with each ISTA version.
These documents are automatically displayed on the ISTA home screen when ISTA is first opened.
Utilize ISTA whenever:
a. A fault is stored, but the fault cause is not clearly identifiable.
b. A fault causes an indicator warning lamp to illuminate.
c. A fault lies within a mechanical system, and the fault cause cannot be clearly identified.
d. A fault lies within a mechanical system, and the repair is too costly. For example replacing the entire panoramic sunroof as opposed to installing
a repair kit.
e. TeileClearing is active for the component requiring replacement.
PROCEDURE
Refer the attachment to this service information for more information on diagnostic procedures.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
This Service Information bulletin is intended to provide technical, diagnostic and/or repair process information only.
If an eligible warranty claim is a result of this process, submit by following the regular claim procedures that apply.
Please refer to the Warranty Policy and Procedures Manual regarding proper support, documentation and archiving requirement for claims, as
applicable.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 90
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 91
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 92
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 93
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 94
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 95
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 96
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 97
B07 02 11 - Procedure2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 320511 Date: 110501
Steering - Steering Wheel Leather Peeling From The Rear
SI B32 05 11
Steering and Wheel Alignment
May 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Steering Wheel Leather Cover Is Peeling
MODEL
All
SITUATION
The steering wheel leather is peeling away from the rear side of the steering wheel.
CAUSE
The adhesive application is poor or insufficient.
CORRECTION
Apply instant adhesive to the affected areas.
PROCEDURE
Refer to the attachment.
Replacement of the complete steering wheel for this peeling issue will not be accepted by warranty.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 98
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 99
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 100
B320511 - Procedure.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 130106 Date: 110501
Fuel System - Alcohol Fuel Blend Usage
SI B13 01 06
Fuel Systems
May 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B13 01 06 dated September 2006.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Alcohol Fuel Blends in BMW Vehicles
MODEL
All with gasoline engines
SITUATION
Fuel blends containing a high percentage (above 10%) of alcohol, mainly ethanol, are becoming more commercially available. Customers inquire
about the possibility of using alcohol fuels (e.g., E85) in BMW vehicles.
INFORMATION
Fuels containing up to and including 10% ethanol; or other oxygenates with up to 2.8% oxygen by weight, that is, 15% MTBE (methyl tertiary butyl
ether); or 3% methanol plus an equivalent amount of cosolvent will not void the applicable warranties with respect to defects in materials or
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 101
workmanship.
Usage of such alcohol fuel blends may result in drivability, starting, and stalling problems due to reduced volatility and lower energy content of the
fuel. Those drivability problems may be especially evident under certain environmental conditions such as high or low ambient temperatures and
high altitude.
Only specially adapted vehicles (FFV - Flexible Fuel Vehicles) can run on high alcohol fuel blends. BMW, for the various technical and
environmental reasons explained below, does not offer FFV models.
Usage of E85 or any other high-alcohol content blend (e.g., E30) in BMW vehicles will cause various drivability complaints (cold-start problems,
stalling, reduced performance, poor fuel economy, etc.); may cause excessive emissions; and may cause irreversible damage to engine, emission
control and fuel delivery systems due to incompatibility of materials with alcohols.
General Notes Regarding E85 Fuel
E85 fuel contains 85% (by volume) ethanol and 15% gasoline. Ethanol can be produced chemically from ethylene or biologically from grains,
agricultural wastes, or any organic material containing starch or sugar. In the US, ethanol is mainly produced from corn and is classified as a
renewable fuel.
Similar to gasoline, ethanol contains hydrogen and carbon with additional oxygen molecules built into its chemical chain. This chemical structure
makes ethanol's burning process slightly cleaner than gasoline (lower tailpipe emissions).
On the other hand, due to lower carbon content, ethanol provides 27% less energy (for identical volume) than gasoline, resulting in reduced fuel
economy of E85 vehicles (approximately 22% higher consumption). Increased fuel consumption requires appropriately enlarged fuel tank capacities
(usually a 30% increase), and specific DME calibrations for E85 lower stoichiometric air/fuel ratio (10 compared to 14.7 for gasoline engines).
E85 fuel volatility is typically lower than gasoline (RVP 6-10 psi, compared to 8-15 psi for gasoline). Lower fuel volatility will reduce vehicle
evaporative emissions, but it may cause cold-starting problems, especially with lower ambient temperatures.
Under certain environmental conditions, mainly lower ambient temperatures, ethanol separates from the gasoline/alcohol mixture and absorbs water.
The ethanol-absorbed water molecules are heavier than gasoline or ethanol; they remain at the bottom of fuel tank and, when introduced into the
combustion process, they tend to form an extremely lean mixture resulting in misfire, rough idle and cold-starting problems.
Certain materials commonly used with gasoline are totally incompatible with alcohols. When these materials come in contact with ethanol, they may
dissolve in the fuel, which may damage engine components and may result in poor vehicle drivability.
Some metals (e.g., zinc, brass, lead, aluminum) become degraded by long exposure to ethanol fuel blends. Also, some nonmetallic materials used in
the automotive industry such as natural rubber, polyurethane, cork gasket material, leather, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyamides,
methyl-methacrylate plastics, and certain thermo and thermoset plastics degrade when in contact with fuel ethanol.
In order to safely and effectively operate a motor vehicle running on E85, the vehicle must be compatible with alcohol use. Some manufacturers have
developed vehicles called FFV (Flexible Fuel Vehicle) that can operate on any blend of ethanol and gasoline (from 0% ethanol and 100% gasoline to
85% ethanol and 15% gasoline). Ethanol FFVs are similar to gasoline vehicles, with main differences in materials used in fuel management and
delivery systems, and DME control module calibrations. In some cases, E85 vehicles also require special lubricating oils.
Aftermarket conversions of gasoline-powered vehicles to ethanol-fueled vehicles, although possible, are not recommended, due to internal materials
and DME software incompatibility as well as the high costs of conversion.
[NEW] In order to correctly diagnose various drivability complaints caused by fuel blends with a high level of ethanol content, refer to SI B13 05
10, Testing Fuel Composition for applicable tools and procedures.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Components damage/malfunctions or any drivability problems caused by the use of fuels containing more than 10% ethanol (or other oxygenates
with more than 2.8% oxygen by weight) will not be covered under BMW warranties with respect to defects in materials or workmanship.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650410 Date: 110401
Navigation - Update Navigation After (CIC) Head Replaced
SI B65 04 10
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
April 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 04 10 dated March 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 102
CIC Navigation Road Map Installation After CIC Replacement
MODEL
All models with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
INFORMATION
The replacement Car Information Computer (CIC) always come with the latest Navigation Road Map database installed.
SITUATION
When replacing a CIC head unit, the road map database version that was in the defective CIC must be installed in the new CIC.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
IMPORTANT:
Before replacing the defective CIC head unit, identify the NAV road map version installed in the defective CIC.
Install the appropriate CIC NAV road map through either ISTA/P or the DVD road map set:
^ Using ISTA/P, refer to Attachment A.
^ Using DVD road map set, refer to Attachment B.
Note:
When installing the CIC NAV road map via the DVD road map set, the REPAIR enabling code must be requested through ASAP. Refer to
Attachment C.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 103
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 104
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 105
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 106
B650410 Attachment A
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 107
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 108
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 109
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 110
B650410 Attachment B
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 111
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 112
B650410 Attachment C
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 170106 Date: 110401
Cooling System - Information on Coolant Refilling
SI B17 01 06
Cooling System
April 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B17 01 06 dated September 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Refilling Coolant Systems
MODEL
All
SITUATION
BMW recommends filling the cooling system for protection against freezing down to -34°F (-37°C). This means an antifreeze ratio of 50%
antifreeze and 50% water. In severely cold areas, the antifreeze can be increased to 60%, which provides freezing protection down to -62°F (-52°C).
Do not exceed a 60% ratio of antifreeze. The specified antifreeze ratio is important, since an insufficient amount would impair anti-freezing and
corrosion, inhibiting protection. An excessive amount would not improve freezing protection, but would instead reduce freezing protection. At all
times, the antifreeze and water should be pre-mixed before pouring into the engine. If pre-mixing is not performed, damage will occur to the water
pump assembly.
Since model year 2004 (and Z4 MY 2003), BMW has been using an engine coolant with a long-term life rating. The long-term antifreeze/coolant
must be completely drained and replaced only in conjunction with any Repairs that require replacement of aluminum or metal cooling system
components. The corrosion protection for these components is provided only in a new long-term coolant. On all other repairs that involve draining of
partial quantities of coolant, replace the drained quantities with new long-term antifreeze/coolant.
[NEW] Refer to SI B17 01 07 and B17 01 10 for additional information regarding BMW long-term antifreeze/coolant, maintenance, repairs,
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 113
replacement requirements and replacement procedures.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 130510 Date: 110401
Fuel System - High Alcohol Fuel Detection
SI B13 05 10
Fuel Systems
April 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B13 04 06 dated August 2006.
SUBJECT
Testing Fuel Composition
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Fuel blends containing a high percentage of alcohol (10% and above), mainly ethanol, are becoming more commercially available. Usage of E85 or
any other high alcohol content blend (e.g., E30) in BMW vehicles will cause various drivability complaints (cold start problems, stalling, reduced
performance, poor fuel economy, etc.); may cause excessive emissions; and may cause irreversible damage to engine, emission control and fuel
delivery systems due to incompatibility of materials with alcohols. Refer to SI B13 01 06 Alcohol Fuel Blends in BMW Vehicles for complete
details.
In order to correctly diagnose various drivability complaints caused by fuel blends with a high level of ethanol content, BMW is providing you with
an electronic fuel composition tester.
Fuel Composition Tester
P/N 83 30 0 439 685
Refer to B04 04 11 for more details.
PROCEDURE
Safety Precautions:
^ Gasoline is highly flammable; observe normal precautions for working with flammable liquids. Perform all tests away from any source of ignition.
A class B fire extinguisher must be available.
^ Wear protective eye protection with side shields and Nitrile rubber gloves for handling the tester.
^ Please adhere to any applicable OSHA regulations when handling gasoline.
^ Dispose of the mixture according to local, state and federal regulations.
Refer to the attached procedure for testing the fuel composition of gasoline.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Component damage, malfunctions, or any drivability problems verified to be caused by the use of fuels containing more than 10% ethanol (or other
oxygenates with more than 2.8% oxygen by weight) will not be covered under BMW warranties as this is not considered a defect in materials or
workmanship. Always document the results found on the vehicle repair order whenever performing this test.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 114
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 115
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 116
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 117
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 118
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 119
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 120
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 121
B130510 Fuel Composition Tester
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650709 Date: 110401
Navigation System - Missing/Incorrect Road Map Data
SI B65 07 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
April 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI 65 07 09 dated August 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Navigation System Has Missing or Incorrect Road Map Data
MODEL
All models with option 609 (Navigation System Professional) and NAV road map from Tele Atlas(R)
SITUATION
The route guidance is inaccurate and therefore irritating to the customer; or it is not possible to locate certain addresses, for instance:
^ Street name, house number or city is missing or incorrect
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 122
^ Point Of Interest (P0I) is missing or incorrect
^ Map feature is missing or incorrect
^ Bridge
^ Roundabout/rotary
^ Housing development/estate
The route calculation has discrepancies for certain addresses, for instance:
^ Distance is incorrect
^ Travel time is incorrect
^ Changes regarding vehicle restrictions
^ Lane direction changes, dependent on time and day
^ One way streets
^ Highway exits
^ Toll roads
CORRECTION
The Tele Atlas(R) Road Map has incorrect or missing data.
INFORMATION
Do not replace parts!
This is not a hardware problem in the BMW navigation systems.
[NEW] Therefore, a road map error or missing data must be reported directly to Tele Atlas(R) by accessing the following link (for BMW
customers):
For a brief description on how to report a road map error or missing data, please refer to attachment A.
IMPORTANT:
^ The customer must have the latest available Tele Atlas(R) Road Map data before reporting an error. Road Map Error Reports on older Road Maps
will not be processed by Tele Atlas(R).
^ A valid email address should be provided so that Tele Atlas(R) can reply to customer feedback.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 123
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 124
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 125
B650709-Procedure2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 161110 Date: 110401
Fuel System - Fuel Cap Tether Is Broken Or Lost
SI B16 11 10
Fuel Supply Systems
April 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Fuel Cap Tether Broken or Lost
MODEL
All
SITUATION
The customer complains that the fuel cap rubber tether is broken or is lost because it has become dislodged from the fuel cap and body of the
vehicle.
PROCEDURE
If either of these situations is encountered, replace the fuel cap and tether using the appropriate cap part number described in EPC.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 126
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840111 Date: 110201
Campaign - BMW ASSIST(R) Vehicle Incorrectly Provisioned
SI B84 01 11
Communication Systems
February 2011
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Service Action: BMW ASSIST Vehicles Are Not Correctly Provisioned
MODEL
Vehicles according to the VIN shown below.
SITUATION
Due to incorrect provisioning data, the vehicles must be manually re-provisioned.
CAUSE
Incorrect provisioning data in the TCU
Vehicles still in transport mode or parked out of GSM reception, preventing automatic reprovisioning over the air
PROCEDURE
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 127
^ Check the VIN list shown above of affected vehicles.
^ If in transport mode, take the vehicle out of transport mode with ISTA.
^ Move the vehicle into an area of GSM reception, if necessary.
^ In the vehicle, go to the "BMW ASSIST" menu, select "Service Status", and then select "Update Services".
LABEL INSTRUCTIONS
This Service Action has been assigned code number 588. After the vehicle has been checked and/or corrected, obtain a label (SD 92-395) and:
A. Emboss your BMW center warranty number in the middle of the label (1);
B. Punch out code number 588 (2), printed on the label; and
C. Affix the label to the B-pillar as shown.
If the vehicle already has a label from a previous Service Action/Recall Campaign, affix the new label next to the old one. Do not affix one label on
top of another one, because a number from an underlying label could appear in the punched-out hole of the new label.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 128
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle/SAV Limited Warranty as applicable.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 654009 Date: 110101
Navigation System - European Road Map Data Displayed
SI B65 40 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
January 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 40 09 dated February 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
CIC Navigation: European Road Map Is Displayed
MODEL
All models from September 2008 on with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
SITUATION
The European road map is displayed or the vehicle position is in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean.
^ The current vehicle position is incorrect.
^ No US addresses can be entered.
CAUSE
The road map test function is activated.
CORRECTION
Deactivate the road map test function.
[NEW] PROCEDURE A
Refer to Attachment A.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 129
WARRANTY INFORMATION
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 130
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 131
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 132
B654009 - PROCEDURE
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 110609 Date: 110101
Engine - Crankshaft Seal/Bedplate Sealing Information
SI B11 06 09
Engine
January 2011
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B 11 06 09 dated July 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
[NEW] Crankshaft Seal and Bed Plate Sealer
MODEL
[NEW] All
INFORMATION
When replacing the front or rear crankshaft radial oil seals, or resealing the crankcase bedplate, the repair instructions advise using P/N 83 19 0 439
030 Loctite 193140. At this time, Loctite 193140 is not available using the BMW part number. As a substitute, P/N 83 19 7 536 051 Loctite 128357
can be used until further notice.
All other sealing materials, application tools, and instructions are correct when performing these repairs.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650607 Date: 101201
CCC(R) - Symptom Troubleshooting
SI B65 06 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
December 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 06 07 dated October 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 133
SUBJECT
CCC Symptom Troubleshooting
MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609 up to 9/2008
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609 up to 9/2008
E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E70 (X5) with CCC-Navigation SA 609
E71 (X6) with CCC-Navigation SA 609
SITUATION
With the release of ISTA D2.16.0, symptom troubleshooting has been improved for the CCC (Car Communication Computer).
CAUSE
The CCC is a complex control module with a large number of possible fault profiles. This added diagnosis via symptom troubleshooting enhances
the ability to properly diagnose the "symptom" on the vehicle, rather than just the fault codes that are stored, if any. This ensures a more reliable
diagnosis the first time.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
1. It is always important to duplicate the customer complaint first.
2. Using the latest ISTA version, perform a vehicle test on the vehicle and troubleshoot any relevant faults.
3. Select "Information search".
4. Select "Function structure".
5. Select "03 Body".
6. Select "Audio, Video, Telephone, Navigation (MOST Ring)".
7. Select "Start search".
8. Select "ABL W6590_WAS2-CCC: Fault patterns" and "Display" to run the test plan.
9. Select the applicable fault symptom; if the fault symptom table is not displayed in the test plan, refer to the list of fault symptoms shown below
based on the software level of the vehicle. Finish the test plan, noting any DIAGCODE that is generated during the test plan.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 134
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 135
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 136
Fault profiles: function fault in navigation system Professional 03/08
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 137
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 138
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 139
Fault profiles: function fault in navigation system Professional 09/07
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 140
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 141
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 142
Fault profiles: function fault in navigation system Professional 03/07
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 143
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 144
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 145
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 146
Fault profiles: function fault in navigation system Professional 12/06
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 631306 Date: 101201
Automatic Headlamps - Operating Characteristics
SI B63 13 06
Lights
December 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information Bulletin supercedes B63 13 06 dated October 2006.
[NEW]designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Automatic Headlamp System Does Not Switch Off the Lights
MODEL
[NEW]All models with the rain-light sensor (option 521)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 147
SITUATION
The low beam headlamps switch on spontaneously or stay on, even in daylight.
CAUSE
Normal operation
[NEW]INFORMATION
The issue has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. In ISTA "Information search", select "Text search", then enter "Light sensor" as the search
term. Press "Start search", then select "FUB Rain/driving light sensor: restrictions due to technical features".
[NEW]WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650909 Date: 090701
Instruments - CIC(R) Damage Prevention During Repair
SI B 65 09 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
July 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
The CIC Has Various Malfunctions After a Repair
MODEL
E82, E88* (1 Series) from September 2008
E90, E91, *E92, E93 (3 Series) from September 2008
E60, E61, *(5 Series) from March 2009
E63, E64 *(6 Series) from March 2009
E89 *(Z4)
F01, F02 *(7 Series)
*with option 609 (NAVIGATION SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL, CIC)
SITUATION
After a repair on the CIC or in the area around the CIC, various malfunctions can occur:
^ Navigation system failures
^ Audio failures
^ Miscellaneous failures
CAUSE
The reading head of the HDD, integrated in the Car Information Computer, is damaged due to heavy shocks/vibrations.
INFORMATION
To prevent damage to the reading head of the HDD during a repair on the CIC or around the area of the CIC (e.g., fitting dashboard panels, interior
trims, etc.):
^ Disconnect the battery
^ Disconnect and remove the CIC.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 148
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 611109 Date: 090601
Electrical - Battery Charging And Testing Procedure
SI B 61 11 09
General Electrical Systems
June 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Battery Charging and Testing Procedure
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
The following proper battery testing and charging procedures are necessary to fulfill the requirements of the warranty as well as meeting customer
expectations.
Vehicles with a discharged battery must have their batteries charged and tested prior to proceeding with further diagnostics.
Battery Charging Procedure
1. As described in bulletin SI B04 27 06, be certain that the charging voltage on approved BMW chargers has been set to 14.8 volts. Failure to set
the charge rate to 14.8 volts will result in the charger switching to FC (floating charge) before the battery is adequately charged.
2. Be sure to refer to the Deutronic DBL-430/DBL-800 or V&H MultiCharger 750 manuals for proper charger setup procedures. Additionally on
Deutronic chargers refer to attachments "DBL-430 Settings" and "DBL-800 Settings" for the correct default settings to use.
When using any Deutronic battery charger, be sure that the charging amperage has been set at 15%-20% above the amp hour rating of the battery.
Since the Deutronic DBL-430 is only adjustable in amperage increments of 10, it may be necessary to round up to the next higher amperage setting.
Failure to do so will result in an undercharged battery. For a 90Ah battery, set to 110A and for 110Ah, set to 130A.
The Deutronic DBL-800 charger, as well as the V&H MultiCharger 750, is self-calibrating; however, voltage and amperage can be manually set in
the service menu and should be checked and adjusted as necessary, prior to charging.
3. If the vehicle is equipped with an IBS (Intelligent Battery Sensor), be sure to charge the battery from the service port or disconnect the battery
from the vehicle. DO NOT connect the charger directly to the IBS.
4. A fully charged battery is indicated on the Deutronics chargers by a green LED and the letters "FC" for "Floating Charge" being visible in the
LCD display. The V&H MultiCharger 750 will display "Battery Full" in the LCD display.
Midtronics Battery Testing Procedure
1. All battery tests must be performed directly at the battery.
2. For in-vehicle testing, all electronic loads must be off, as a high-current draw in the period before sleep mode may adversely affect the result.
3. Both Midtronics tester clamps must be firmly attached to the appropriate battery terminals which have been cleaned with a wire brush. Follow
the menu prompts.
4. Select "IN-VEHICLE" or "OUT-OF-VEHICLE" (as appropriate).
5. Select the CCA rating from the vehicle battery label.
6. If the warning "SYSTEM NOISE" is displayed, be sure all electrical loads such as open doors, interior lighting or active systems are turned off.
In rare cases, it is possible for an active BUS line to produce sufficient electrical noise to hamper testing. In such instances, the BUS must be
allowed to enter sleep mode before proceeding, or the vehicle may be placed in sleep mode using the diagnostic equipment.
7. Dependent on the battery voltage, the question "BEFORE CHARGE" or "AFTER CHARGE" will be displayed.
^ "BEFORE CHARGE" must be selected if the battery has not yet been charged.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 149
^ "AFTER CHARGE" must be selected after the battery has been charged.
8. After testing, use the Midtronics printer to print a result ticket with the warranty code. The following tester results are possible:
a. "CHARGE & RETEST" - If the battery has less than approximately 8 volts when tested and the tester does not find the battery to be
defective (e.g., a shorted cell), the battery will be tested and the message "CHARGE & RETEST" will be displayed.
b. "GOOD--RECHARGE" - If the tester displays "GOOD--RECHARGE", the battery must be retested after recharging.
Note:
Should the tester display "GOOD--RECHARGE" after fully charging, print a second result ticket and charge the battery for two additional hours.
If the tester still displays "GOOD--RECHARGE", print the results and replace the battery.
c. "GOOD BATTERY" - Only release the vehicle when the tester displays "GOOD BATTERY" and the open circuit voltage (OCV) is 12.6
volts or higher this indicates a fully charged battery. Note that the display "GOOD BATTERY" is not in itself an indication of a fully
charged battery. This is important, as the Midtronics tester does not require a 100% state of charge to determine whether the battery is good;
however, a 100% state of charge is necessary to insure proper and trouble-free operation of the vehicle's electrical system components.
d. "REPLACE BATTERY" - If the tester determines the battery to be defective, the message "REPLACE BATTERY" will be displayed.
9. Retain all Midtronics printouts with the warranty code in the vehicle file.
Additional Information
1. Below is an Open Circuit Voltage chart listing battery voltage as it relates to the state of battery charge.
An Open Circuit Voltage measurement is only valid if the surface charge has been removed. It can be measured using a multimeter. It is also the
voltage shown on the Midtronics printout. To remove the surface charge, turn on the high beams for one minute and then allow the battery voltage to
stabilize (approximately one minute) before testing.
Open Circuit Voltage vs. State of Battery Charge
2. If the Midtronics tester detects a surface charge, it will be displayed on the tester. Follow the prompts to turn on the headlights for about one
minute, and then follow the prompts. The tester will continue
testing the battery automatically. For best results when testing the battery out of the vehicle, always remove the surface charge before testing if the
battery has been charged.
3. Do not replace a battery just because the eye is black. The green eye is only an indicator of the cell to which it is attached.
4. When a discharged battery is encountered, check the function of the charging system. Perform the "Energy Diagnostics" test plan (B61 13 05)
and, if necessary, check the electrical system for closed circuit current draw as per SI B61 08 00.
5. Other related Service Information bulletins:
^ SI B04 25 02 Operation of current Midtronics tester
^ SI B04 11 02 - Operation of Deutronic DBL-430 charger
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Warranty Code for claims relating to all BMW Batteries
The warranty code is an encrypted code that includes all of the information from the printout.
Excluding the situation described in Note 2 (below), the Midtronics tester must be used for testing batteries with charge related defects, and that are
to be claimed under warranty.
On completion of a battery test, print out the results, and file the printout with the completed repair order for future reference, if requested.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 150
The printout contains a warranty code (1). This code must be included in the "Comments" section when submitting the warranty claim. Failure to
quote the warranty code in the comments of the warranty claim may result in a delay in processing or refusal of the warranty claim.
Notes
1. The "Warranty Code" is not an authorization number to replace the battery. Only replace the battery when this is stated in the test results (for
example, "Replace Battery") or in the special case identified in 8b), above.
2. For vehicles with power management systems (vehicles with an IBS [Intelligent Battery Sensor]): If the battery is damaged due to discharge prior
to QC1, depending on the vehicle model, either the message "Battery damaged, replace battery before delivery" will show during CBS Handover
Inspection, or a similarly worded Check Control message will be displayed in the instrument cluster. In this case, a Midtronics printout is not
required because the CBS message will be transmitted automatically within the FASTA data.
3. Battery failures that are the result of storage neglect or physical damage will not be covered by the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
B611109_DBL-430_Manual
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 151
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 152
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 153
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 154
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 155
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 156
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 157
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 158
Instruction Manual Pages 1 through 13
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 159
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 160
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 161
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 162
Instruction Manual Pages 14 through 22
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 163
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 164
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 165
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 166
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 167
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 168
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 169
Instruction Manual Pages 23 through 31
B611109_DBL-800_Manual
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 170
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 171
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 172
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 173
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 174
DBL Manual Pages 33 through 42
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 175
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 176
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 177
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 178
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 179
DBL Manual Pages 43 through 52
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 180
B611109_V&H_Manual
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 181
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 182
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 183
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 184
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 185
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 186
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 187
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 188
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 189
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 190
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 191
V & H Manual Pages 54 through 64
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 192
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 193
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 194
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 195
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 196
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 197
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 198
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 199
V & H Manual Pages 65 through 74
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 200
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 201
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 202
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 203
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 204
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 205
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 206
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 207
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 208
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 209
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 210
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 211
V & H Manual Pages 75 through 862010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 630209 Date: 090501
Lighting - Interior Lights Inop After Vehicle Programmed
SI B 63 02 09
Lights
May 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Interior Lights Inoperative, FC A411
MODEL
E60 (5 Series)
E61 (5 Series Sports Wagon)
SITUATION
After programming to integration level E060-08-09-515 or later, one or more of the following interior lights may no longer operate: vanity lights,
reading lights, glove compartment lights and luggage compartment lights. A vehicle test shows that fault code A411 (short circuit_VA) is stored in
the Body Basic Module (KBM).
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 212
CAUSE
Body Basic Module (KBM)
CORRECTION:
Do not replace parts.
Work through the test plan using ISTA D2.13.0 or later. The required test pan can be accessed as follows:
"Service Function", using the path "Service functions / Body / Body basic module / Front axle calibration Body Basic Module / ABL
B6100_KBMKAL";
or
"Symptom path" using the selection "Assisted Troubleshooting / System oriented / 6300 Lights / 630031 Interior lighting failed after programming /
ABL B6100_KBMKAL".
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650409 Date: 090501
Navigation System - Shopping Cart Icons Always Displayed
SI B 65 04 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
May 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 04 09 dated April 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Shopping Cart Icons Displayed Permanently
MODEL
E82, E88 *(1 Series) from September 2008
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series) from September 2008
E60, E61 *(5 Series) from March 2009
E63, E64 *(6 Series) from March 2009
F01, F02 *(7 Series)
*with option 609 (NAVIGATION SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL, CIC)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 213
SITUATION
The shopping cart icon is permanently displayed in the navigation map display in scale 400 feet and below, even when the setting for display points
of interest (POI) is set to "No Points of Interest".
When scale 800 feet and up is selected, it is not displayed.
CAUSE
Error in the navigation system integrated in the Car Information Computer (CIC)
[NEW] CORRECTION
Do not replace parts!
Program the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.33.1 or later.
Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.
For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Defect Code: 65 12 65 02 00
Labor Operation: Labor Allowance: Description:
Refer to KSD Refer to KSD Programming/encoding control unit(s)
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650606 Date: 090701
CCC(R) - Various Issues After Replacement
SI B 65 06 06
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
July 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B65 06 06 dated November 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Various Problems with CCC Following Replacement
MODEL
E90, E91 (3 Series) with SA 609 CCC Navigation
E60, E61 (5 Series) with SA 609 CCC Navigation
E63, E64 (6 Series)
SITUATION
The following symptoms may occur following the replacement of the CCC (Car Communication Computer):
^ Screen display on CID (Central Information Display) off center
^ No SVS (Voice Recognition System) function
^ No warning gongs, including PDC (Park Distance Control)
^ No audio output (all modes)
^ Various other problems
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 214
CAUSE
CCC coding
PROCEDURE
Perform the following procedure for any of the above fault symptoms which were not present previously that occur following a replacement of the
CCC:
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal for 30 minutes.
2. Reconnect the battery terminal and code the complete vehicle per SI B09 05 01 (Coding, Individualization, Programming), Procedure E, using
the latest version of Progman.
3. [NEW] After the coding is complete, turn the vehicle off and let the vehicle enter sleep mode (after about 3-4 minutes, buses are idle).
4. Retest the system for proper functionality.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Defect Code Refer to KSD
Labor Operation: Refer to KSD
Labor Allowance: Refer to KSD
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651509 Date: 090601
Antitheft - Siren Too Quiet When Locking/Unlocking Car
SI B 65 15 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
June 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 19 09 dated April 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
DWA Siren Too Quiet When Locking and Unlocking
MODEL
E70 (X5)
E71 (X6)
[NEW] E82, E88 (1 Series)
[NEW] E90, E91, E92 (3 Series)
[NEW] E60, E61 (5 Series)
[NEW] E65, E66 (7 Series)
SITUATION
The DWA (Anti-theft system) siren is too quiet when locking and unlocking the vehicle. The situation occurs after the SINE (Siren and tilt alarm
sensor) control module has been replaced.
CAUSE
The SINE control module has not been programmed and coded.
INFORMATION
After installing a replacement SINE control module, start a programming session and mark the SINE control module to indicate that it has been
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 215
replaced. This will result in the SINE control module being programmed and coded, which then activates the correct volume output of the siren.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840609 Date: 090501
Cell Phone - Humming Noise From Vehicle Speakers
SI B 84 06 09
Communication Systems
May 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Telephone: Humming or Pulsing Noise Coming from the Vehicle Loudspeakers
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E70 (X5)
E71 (X6)
E82, E88 (1 Series)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)
F01, F02 (7 Series)
All vehicles equipped with SA 06NF (Smartphone Integration)
SITUATION
A humming or pulsing noise is heard from the vehicle loudspeakers when the iPhone is inserted into the snap-in adapter. The noise occurs regardless
of which audio source has been selected.
CAUSE
Snap-in adapter hardware
PROCEDURE
1. Check the operation of the phone, using the customer's telephone to verify the problem as described above.
2. If the problem exists, check the hardware number on the label on the underside of the snap-in adapter.
3. If the hardware number is less than 3.0 for Apple iPhone 3G or 2.0 for Apple iPhone, replace the snap-in adapter. If the hardware number is
correct, perform standard troubleshooting.
4. Recheck the functionality of the system with the new snap-in adapter.
PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 216
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840409 Date: 090609
Cellular Phone - iPhone 3G(R) Hard To Understand
SI B 84 04 09
Communication Systems
June 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 04 09 dated March 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
The Landside Person Finds the Caller Speaking from an iPhone 3G Hard to Understand
MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
F01, F02 (7 Series)
E70 (X5)
E71 (X6)
[NEW] Vehicles produced from 2/28/07 to 8/30/09 equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW AssistTM)
SITUATION
The person on the landside cannot hear the driver speaking, or can only hear him or her very faintly or poorly.
Sometimes the driver may only be heard intermittently. An Apple iPhone 3G with software 2.2 or 2.2.1 is used.
CAUSE
Apple iPhone software Bluetooth handling
[NEW] PROCEDURE
Do not replace any parts or update the vehicle software.
Update the Apple iPhone software to OS 3.0 (available from Apple).
After the phone software update, it may be necessary to delete the iPhone paired to the vehicle and then pair it again, in order for the phone to
operate properly.
WARRANTY
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 217
Information only
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 841009 Date: 090601
BMW Assist(R) - 'MyInfo' Troubleshooting Tips
SI B 84 10 09
Communication Systems
June 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
BMW Assist " MyInfo" Troubleshooting Tips
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series) from 9/08 production
E63, E64 (6 Series) from 9/08 production
E70 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 10/08 production
E71 (X6) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 4/08 production
E82, E88 (1 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 9/08 production
E89 (Z4) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 9/08 production
F01, F02 (7 Series)
INFORMATION
MyInfo is part of the BMW Assisttrade; Safety Plan. Please visit www.bmwassist.com/MyInfoFAQ for additional information. This bulletin is
intended to provide diagnostic tips.
PROCEDURE
If the MyInfo service does not work, please work through the following procedure.
1. Is the vehicle eligible to receive MyInfo messages (see the "MODEL" information above)?
^ If the vehicle is not eligible, inform the customer that his or her vehicle does not support the MyInfo feature.
^ If the vehicle is eligible, proceed to step 2.
2. Is the vehicle enrolled in the BMW Assist Safety Plan? The subscriber status can be checked on DCSnet; refer to SI B02 01 06 (Updated
DCSnet Vehicle History Inquiry information on BMW Assist) for more information.
^ If the vehicle is not enrolled, inform the customer that he or she must enroll in the BMW Assist Safety Plan to use the MyInfo feature. Refer
to SI B84 22 05 (Reactivation of BMW Assist Services) as required.
^ If the vehicle is enrolled, proceed to step 3.
3. Verify the customer's email address. Which email address did the customer use when he or she attempted to send a destination to the vehicle?
^ If your BMW center sold the vehicle, check the Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA) on file and see whether it contains the same email
address that the customer is attempting to use.
^ The email address can also be verified by calling BMW Assist Customer Care.
^ Did the customer have an email address on file? If not, ask the customer to contact BMW Assist Customer Care and add an email address to
the account.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 218
^ Does it match the email address on file with BMW Assist?
^ No; communicate to the customer that he or she has a different email address on file. The customer can change his or her email address by
calling Assist Customer Care.
^ Yes; proceed to step 5.
Note:
Verify that there are no typos in the email address. Upper case or lower case can be ignored.
4. Send a MyInfo destination to the vehicle. See attachment (V-17-0609-8405 BMW Assist MyInfo) for the step-by-step procedure, or refer to the
May 2009 Service Round Table.
5. Did the vehicle receive the MyInfo message?
^ Yes; proceed to step 7.
^ No; test other BMW Assist services for proper operation by making a Roadside Assistance call. Have the BMW Assist Response Center
verify the VIN and location of the vehicle.
^ If the Roadside Assistance call did NOT work correctly, continue normal troubleshooting to resolve the issue.
^ If the Roadside Assistance call connected without a problem and the VIN and location were correctly identified, create a PuMA case for
support.
6. Ask the customer where the vehicle was located when he or she was attempting to receive a MyInfo message. Is there AT&T Mobility Short
Message System (SMS) coverage at the location in question?
^ No; the SMS message will be stored for up to 3 days before it is deleted. If the vehicle drives into a location with AT&T SMS coverage
within 3 days, the message will be delivered at that time.
^ Yes; proceed to step 7.
7. Is the customer familiar with how to use the service and where to find the destination in the vehicle? Refer the customer to
www.bmwassist.com/MyInfoFAQ.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 219
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 220
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 221
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 222
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 223
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 224
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 225
view PDF attachment B841009V-17-0609-8405_BMW_Assist_MyInfo. 2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 320509 Date: 090601
Antitheft - Electric Steering Lock (ELV) Replacement
SI B 32 05 09
Steering and Wheel Alignment
June 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Replacement of Electric Steering Lock (ELV)
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
SITUATION
After working through the ELV (Electric Steering Lock) test plan, the test plan states "Install the following component M137a Electric steering
lock".
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 226
INFORMATION
Analysis of warranty claims shows that in many cases, complete steering column assemblies are being replaced when a faulty steering lock is
identified On these vehicles, the ELV is available separately, and therefore only this part should be replaced.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Replacement of the steering column is not justified, and therefore may result in a denial of the warranty
claim.
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 653205 Date: 090701
CCC(R) - CD/CDC Track Counter Diagnostics
SI B 65 32 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
July 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 32 05 dated March 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
CCC: CD/CDC Track Counter Advances After Mute Selected
MODEL
E90, E91, E92 (3 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609
E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E70 (X5) with CCC-Navigation SA 609
SITUATION
While the customer is listening to an audio CD in the CCC (Car Communication Computer) or the CDC (CD Changer), one or more of the following
situations can occur since the vehicle software was updated
with CIP 16.1 or higher:
1. The customer presses the rotary knob to mute the audio and turns the controller to highlight the next track; the track counter starts to advance.
2. The customer presses the rotary knob to mute the audio and turns the ignition off. The vehicle enters sleep mode and then the customer turns the
ignition back on; the audio is still muted, but the track counter is advancing.
CAUSE
CCC software error
[NEW] PROCEDURE
This problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow diagnostics and the relevant test plan using the latest ISTA version. The test plan
can be accessed via "Fault pattern" troubleshooting. Refer to SI B65 06 07 for information about "Fault pattern" troubleshooting.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 227
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650509 Date: 090701
Navigation System - Road Map Data
SI B 65 05 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
July 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 05 09 dated March 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Navigation System Road Map
MODEL
E82, E88* (1 Series) from September 2008
E90, E91, *E92, E93 (3 Series) from September 2008
E60, E61, *(5 Series) from March 2009
E63, E64 *(6 Series) from March 2009
E89 *(Z4)
F01, F02 *(7 Series)
*with option 609 (NAVIGATION SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL, CIC)
INFORMATION
The Car Information Computer (on Computer CIC) began replacing the Car Communication Computer (CCC) on vehicles with option 609 back in
September of 2008. This change will affect the navigation system road map data support process and the Warranty spare parts processes for the CIC.
For the US market, all vehicles will come preloaded from the factory with the latest navigation system road map database version that was available
at the time of vehicle production.
Therefore, there will be no physical copy of the navigation system road map data media DVD set placed in these vehicles at the VDC.
Additionally, all replacement CIC parts come with a preloaded version of the current available navigation system road map database installed.
As a backup to this process, HU-DVD set copies of the navigation system road map database are shipped to all BMW centers through the Automatic
Tool Shipment program with each release of a navigation system road map database. With this HU-DVD set, it is possible to download the
navigation
system road map data from the CIC drive directly to the hard disc drive integrated in the CIC.
In case the HU-DVD set is lost or damaged, a back-up set can be ordered.
Please note that the HU-DVD is for workshop use only, and should not be left in customer vehicles.
Additionally, please take special care to archive the HU DVD sets, because as new versions become available, the ISIS will not have the storage
capacity to store every version of the map media that will be released. Additionally, customers will only be allowed to restore the original version
that was preloaded on their vehicles, or any subsequent versions they have purchased as map updates.
Please refer to the Aftersales Business Development & Marketing BMW Dealer Bulletin PB650109 (AttachmentA) for information on the CIC
repair process and HU-DVD storage advice.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 228
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 229
view PDF attachment B650509Attachment_A.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 230
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 610709 Date: 090401
Body - Window One-Touch Inop After KGM/GM R and R
SI B61 07 09
General Electrical Systems
April 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
One-touch Windows Inoperative After General Module Replacement
MODEL
E46 (3 Series)
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E53 (X5)
SITUATION
After replacing the Body Module (KGM or GM, depending on model) and updating the vehicle software, the one-touch windows are inoperable.
CAUSE
The spare part body module used on this vehicle is different from what was originally installed in the vehicle. The spare part is a low version of the
body module. All functions of the module remain unchanged, but the one-touch feature has a default setting of inactive.
CORRECTION
Change the setting for the window one-touch operation via the Car and Key Memory.
PROCEDURE
1. Start an ISTA/P session.
2. Select the "Vehicle" tab.
3. Select the "CKM" tab.
4. Select "Power windows" from the drop-down menu.
5. Set each of the one-touch window selections to Active.
6. Select the Measures Plan button.
7. Accept the Measures Plan and the update will take place.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned Program.
Defect Code: 61 38 09 14 00
Labor Operation: Labor Allowance: Description:
Refer to KSD* Refer to KSD Change CKM settings for one-touch windows.
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 841208 Date: 090601
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 231
Telematics Control Unit (TCU) - Diagnostic Information
SI B 84 12 08
Communication Systems
June 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 12 08 dated November 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
TCU Symptom Diagnosis
MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/2005
E70 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E71 (X6) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
[NEW] F01, F02 (7 Series)
SITUATION
[NEW] With the release of ISTA Technical Data D2.9.0, TCU (Telematics Control Unit) symptom diagnosis is available, which makes it possible to
diagnose a customer complaint related to the following areas:
^ Programming and coding
Bluetooth telephone systems
^ Hands-free voice quality and audio output
^ Snap-in adapter and eject box
^ Telematics functions
CAUSE
The TCU is a complex control module with a large number of possible fault profiles. This added diagnosis via symptom troubleshooting enhances
the ability to properly diagnose the "symptom" on the vehicle, rather than just the fault codes that are stored, if any. This ensures a more reliable
diagnosis the first time.
INFORMATION
The following is a list of all symptoms which are available in the test plan. Some symptoms may not be available for all vehicles. Some symptoms
may not pertain to features which are available in this market.
^ "Programming and encoding of the TCU is not possible or aborts"
^ "Only E65. The customer has lost the Bluetooth passkey"
^ "The mobile phone cannot be connected to the vehicle"
^ "After switching on terminal R, the Bluetooth snap-in adapter is not automatically reconnected with the vehicle"
^ "Implausible response of the telephone system on call waiting, brokering, telephone conference"
^ "After calling a phone number that is engaged (busy), no call can be placed for some time. Shortly thereafter, 'terminated' appears on the Control
Display"l Display"
^ "The telephone call is terminated against the user's wishes and an inappropriate text message is displayed in the Control Display"
^ "The person on the terrestrial side (i.e., telephone on the outside of the vehicle) cannot understand the person in the vehicle (only Bluetooth
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 232
mobile phone)"
^ "The person in the vehicle cannot understand the person on the terrestrial side (i.e., telephone outside of the vehicle, only Bluetooth mobile
phone)"
^ "The telephone is not output across the loudspeakers in the hands-free mode"
^ "Poor voice quality (call via hands-free system)"
^ "Sporadic call interruptions"
^ "When the vehicle is started during an active call, the call is lost for approximately 20 seconds"
^ "The conversational partner outside the vehicle hears an echo of his own voice (call via hands-free system)"
^ "When the mobile phone is placed in the snap-in adapter, the displayed signal strength falls or disappears"
^ "The mobile phone engaged in the snap-in adapter is not charged or only partially charged"
^"The telephone book is only partially transferred"
^ "An SMS is not transferred from the mobile phone to the display"
^ "General malfunction when Assist services are used"
^ "BMW Assist without function in the border zone"
^ "The status bar still displays foreign network providers, even when far away from the border"
^ "The Check Control message 'Fault in SOS emergency call system' is displayed"
^ "When BMW Online is started, the message 'the telephone is already being used by BMW Assist service' appears, although the vehicle user has
not started a BMW Assist service"
^ "Initialization of Telematics services cannot be started"
^ "Initialization of BMW Assist services can be selected, but the status bar shows no progress"
^ "The data are not transferred for a BWM Assist call"
^ "The position data are not transferred for a BMW Assist call, or only transferred imprecisely"
[NEW] PROCEDURE USING ISTA D2.13.0 OR HIGHER
1. It is always important to try and duplicate the customer complaint first.
2. These test plans are only valid using compatible handsets.
3. [NEW] Using ISTA D2.13.0 or higher, perform a vehicle test on the vehicle and troubleshoot any relevant faults.
4. Select "Display fault memory".
5. Select "Fault pattern".
6. Select "System Oriented".
7. Select "8400 Telecommunication".
8. Select "840001 Fault-pattern catalogue, telephone system".
9. Select "Accept fault pattern" and "Calculate test plan".
10. [NEW] Select "ABL B8400-00361-TCU MOST fault patterns, telephone systems". For the F01 or F02, select "ABL AT8400_FB_TCU-fault
patterns, TCU telematics control unit".
11. Continue in the test plan until diagnosis is finished. Note any "DIAGCODE" that is displayed in the test plan.
12. Please report any errors in the test plan via Diagnosis Feedback. Refer to SI B07 06 08 for more information.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 233
For information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 110809 Date: 090901
Engine - Oil Leak R/H Side Of Engine Crankcase
SI B 11 08 09
Engine
September 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Engine Oil Leak
MODEL
All E82, E83, E88, E85, E86, E60, E61, E70, E90, E91, E92 and E93
vehicles with N51, N52 or N52K engines
SITUATION
An engine oil leak can be seen coming from the right side of the engine crankcase near the coolant port. Removing the coolant pipe shows that the
oil leak can be evident from the separation of the two crankcase materials (aluminum and magnesium) or one of the coolant pipe attachment bolt
holes.
Separation (1) between aluminium and magnesium portion of the engine crankcase. Engine oil leaking from separation or bolt hole (2).
CAUSE
The cause is a very small leak at the main oil galley between the aluminum and the magnesium portion of the engine crankcase.
PROCEDURE
Do not attempt to reseal. Resealing may cause engine oil leakage to enter the cooling system resulting in contamination and further damage to the
cooling system components. The engine crankcase will need to be replaced. This replacement requires a TeileClearing PuMA case.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 330408 Date: 090801
Drivetrain - Rear End Click/Crack Noise On Load Change
SI B33 04 08
Rear Axle
August 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B33 04 09 dated October 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 234
The differential input flange mating surface with the input drive pinion is insufficiently greased.
E82 and E88 (1 Series), all models
E85 and E86 (Z4), all models
E60 and E61 (5 Series), all models
E63 and E64 (6 Series), all models
E65 and E66 (7 Series), all models
E90, E91, E92 and E93 (3 Series), all models
The customer complains that a single cracking or clicking noise can be heard from the rear of the vehicle while engaging a drive gear, releasing the
clutch, during load reversal (shifting from reverse to drive, etc.), or when accelerating from a stationary position.
This is not a failure of the differential assembly. Do not replace the complete differential.
Remove the differential drive flange in accordance with Repair Instruction RA 33 11 021.
Apply lubricant [NEW] P/N 83 23 0 443 864 on the input flange mating surface (1), as described in the illustration.
Before complete reassembly. replace the input flange seal and collar nut retaining plate as described in RA 33 01 021. Refer to the EPC for correct
part numbers, based on model.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 235
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 652609 Date: 090901
Cell Phone - iPhone(R) Not Charging With USB Interface
SI B 65 26 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
September 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
iPhone Doesn't Charge When Connected To The USB Audio Interface
MODEL
All models with factory-equipped USB Audio Interface (option 6FL)
SITUATION
The iPhone 3G and 3GS do not charge when connected to the USB audio interface via the Y-cable. The following two messages can be displayed on
the iPhone 3GS screen:
^ "THIS ACCESSORY IS NOT MADE TO WORK WITH iPHONE" (When a iPhone 3GS is connected via the Y-cable to the USB audio
interface).
^ "CHARGING IS NOT SUPPORTED WITH THIS ACCESSORY" (If a iPhone 3GS is connected via an aftermarket USB cable to the USB
audio interface, but only to the USB connector).
CAUSE
The iPhone 3G and 3GS are not compatible for charging through the USB audio interface.
INFORMATION
Do not replace parts.
Inform the customer that Apple introduced a new charging protocol with the iPhone 3G and 3GS.
As a result, the devices will not charge through the USB audio interface.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 340409 Date: 091001
Brakes - Brake Rotor Removal Procedures/Precautions
SI B 34 04 09
Brakes
October 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Repair Procedures - Brake Disc/Rotor Removal
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
Due to exposure to various environmental conditions, corrosion can form at the wheel's center hub, making it difficult to remove the brake disc
during service work. In order to avoid damage to other system components, the instructions in the Repair Manual must be adhered to when removing
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 236
the brake discs.
Do not remove the brake disc by striking the friction area with a hammer or other tool. Excess force applied to the brake disc can result in damage to
the drive flange, wheel bearing, carrier, and/or CV joint.
To aid in the removal of the brake disc, a suitable puller (2) can be used. When using a puller (2) to remove the disc, two wheel lugs (1) should be
used to support the disc when it is separated from the drive flange.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 513109 Date: 090901
Body - Power Folding Mirror Position Incorrect
SI B 51 31 09
Body Equipment
September 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Power Fold Mirror Position Incorrect
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors
E63, E64 (6 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors
E82, E88 (1 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors
E85, E86, E89 (Z4) equipped with power fold mirrors
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors
F01, F02 (7 Series)
SITUATION
One or both mirrors appear to have folded out further than the standard position. The incorrect position of the mirror housing is typically not visually
noticeable and as such, the customer typically states that the mirror glass is not in the stored position. Folding the mirror in and out does not restore
the correct mirror housing position.
CAUSE
The mirror has shifted outward from its standard home position. The new position is now stored as the home position.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 237
CORRECTION
Do not replace any parts.
Reset the mirror home position using the following procedure.
PROCEDURE
1. Fold the mirror in using the power fold button on the door switch block.
2. Grasp the folding part of the mirror and fold it outward manually. The mirror housing will disengage from the mirror base and will now be in the
breakaway position.
3. Operate the mirror via the power fold button. The mirror will now fold out past the expected end stop.
4. Operate the mirror via the power fold button again to fold the mirror in. When the mirror is fully folded in, the motor will continue to run until a
clicking and/or popping sound is heard. This sound is the mirror housing resetting its position.
5. Fold the mirror back out, using the power fold button to ensure it has folded out to the correct position.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 652505 Date: 090801
Audio System - HD Radio(R) Functionality/Diagnosis
SI B65 25 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
August 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 25 05 dated January 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
HD Radio(TM) - Functionality and Diagnosis
MODEL
[NEW]All models with factory-equipped HD radio(TM) (option 653)
Note:
Beginning with March 2007 production, all BMW models offer HD radio(TM) with multicasting, and HD radio(TM) can be ordered with Real
Time Traffic Information (RTTI).
Important:
HD radio(TM) cannot be retrofitted. There is no retrofit kit and procedure available.
INFORMATION
The company iBiquity Digital Corporation is the sole developer of HD radio(TM) technology with input from radio broadcasters, consumer
electronics and broadcast equipment manufacturers, automakers, retailers, and consumers.
iBiquity Digital's IBOC (In-Band On-Channel) Digital Audio Broadcasting technology provides for enhanced sound fidelity, improved reception and
new wireless data services. This enhancement to AM and FM will offer tremendous growth opportunities for broadcasters, manufacturers, retailers
and automotive manufacturers.
What does "HD" stand for?
Originally, the initials "HD" stood for "Hybrid Digital" because the digital signals were carried with the analog wave. According to iBiquity Digital
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 238
Corporation, that has been changed and the letters "HD" now do not stand for anything. Some articles and news stories have erroneously assumed
that "HD" stands for "high definition", which has contributed to the confusion between HD radio(TM) technology and high-definition TV.
The term "HD radio" is iBiquity Digital Corporation's trademarked name for their digital audio broadcasting technology, which has become the
IBOC standard adopted for the United States.
How is HD radio(TM) different than current FM and AM radio?
HD radio(TM) is a new technology that enables AM and FM radio stations to broadcast their programs digitally, a tremendous technological leap
from today's familiar analog broadcasts.
Because HD radio(TM) signals are digital, they aren't subject to atmospheric interference in the way that current FM and AM signals are.
Background crackle and hiss are eliminated. The effect is similar to the difference between CDs and records.
How does HD radio(TM) sound?
Check it out www.hdradio.com/how_does_hd_digital_radio_sound.php
What is HD2?
HD2 is the term that multicasting stations are using for their secondary digital-only channel. Some stations are using this second channel to offer
more specialized programming, such as classical opera, electronica, Latin hits, etc.
What happens if the HD radio(TM) signal is no longer available?
If the HD radio(TM) tuner loses the station's digital signal,it will automatically switch over to the analog signal broadcast at the same frequency.
There may be a slight break in the sound when this happens. When the tuner is back in range of the selected station's HD radio signal, it will
automatically go back to the digital broadcast.
NOTE:
This only happens on HD 1 radio stations (primary digital channel). On secondary digital-only channels (HD2) or any additional HD
subchannels (HD3, HD4, etc.), the audio is muted when no digital signal is available.
On BMW vehicles, "Acquiring" and/or "No HD" is shown in the display to inform the customer.
BENEFITS OF HD RADIO(TM)
^ FM broadcasts have CD-quality sound.
^ AM broadcasts will sound as good as today's analog FM stereo.
^ Static-free without pops, hiss and fades
^ New data services~ such as scrolling text displayed on a radio screen with song titles and artist names
^ No subscription fees. It is FREE for consumers, just like today's analog AM and FM radio.
^ Easy transition for broadcasters and consumers by using the existing infrastructure and spectrum while, at the same time, preserving the
existing analog service for as long as needed
^ Continue listening to local AM/FM stations on existing analog radios as well as on new HD radio(TM) receivers, with all the added services
and benefits that HD radio(TM) offers.
FREQUENT CAUSES OF HD RADIO(TM) COMPLAINTS
Audio is muted intermittently when an HD2 or HD3 digital-only channel is selected.
^ This is normal operation, since there is no analog signal broadcast for that station.
The HD signal often switches back and forth and/or fewer HD radio stations are available at night.
^ Many smaller AM radio stations are required to sign off or reduce power sharply at sunset.
An "echo" sound can be heard during the switchover.
^ HD radio stations are NOT time-aligning their analog signals with the digital signals.
Sound switches between digital and analog audio quality.
^ Reception is at the edge of a listenable area.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 239
Crackling or static can be heard when HD is inactive.
^ Signal transmission problems
Crackling or static can be heard all the time.
^ Poor antenna connections
^ Poor electrical connections (ground or power)
Environmental conditions
^ Driving through valleys or between tall buildings
DIAGNOSIS
Effective radio diagnosis starts with screening the complaint. When a customer complains about a radio problem, it is very important to screen such
complaints (as explained above), prior to turning the car in for diagnosing and repairing.
1. Get a detailed description of the complaint from the customer, including the precise circumstances under which the problem occurs.
2. Whenever possible, the customer should be asked to demonstrate the problem.
3. If the problem is caused by external interference, ask the customer which stations or frequencies are delivering poor reception. This will help to
determine whether the problem is location or distance-related.
4. Through the customer interview, try to determine whether the problem is intermittent or constant.
5. Determine whether the problem is weather or temperature-related.
Once all pertinent information relating to the complaint has been gathered, perform the following steps:
1. Verify the customer complaint and attempt to duplicate the problem. Find out if the problem occurs on AM band, FM band or both. Refer to the
attached HD radio(TM) Troubleshooting Guide (updated).
2. On vehicles with rear window defogger/grid antennas, thoroughly clean the inside of the rear window with BMW Window Cleaner, using a
lint-free cloth to eliminate any conductive coatings on the glass. The grids can easily be damaged by rubbing too strongly or using an abrasive
detergent.
3. Check existing Service Information bulletins (refer to SI B65 01 04 "AM/FM Radio Reception Problems - Radio/Antenna Diagnosis") in order
to determine whether a service procedure has already been developed for the problem in question. If an SI for the problem is available,
troubleshooting can begin as described in that bulletin.
4. If no information can be found in existing Service Information bulletins, it is your responsibility to decide what the logical source of the problem
might be, by troubleshooting the vehicle itself If the problem appears to be in a sound system component other than the radio - or perhaps some
other component of the vehicle - the entire system should be diagnosed.
5. Through system diagnosis, it is possible to find things like a loose ground wire on the antenna, or a pinched speaker cable.
FUNCTIONALITY
HD radio(TM}
The HD radio(TM) system is designed to permit a smooth transition from current analog Amplitude Modulation (AM) and Frequency Modulation
(FM) radios to a fully digital In-Band On-Channel (IBOC) system known as HD radio(TM). This system delivers digital audio and data services to
mobile, portable, and fixed receivers from terrestrial transmitters in the existing Medium Frequency (AM) and Very High Frequency (FM) radio
bands. It allows digital radio signals to ride the same airwaves as analog AM/FM radio. Broadcasters may continue to transmit analog AM and FM
simultaneously with the new, higher-quality and more robust digital signals, allowing themselves and their listeners to convert from analog to digital
radio while maintaining their current frequency allocations.
1. Stations bundle analog and digital audio signals (with textual data, such as artist and song information, weather and traffic, and more).
2. The digital signal layer is compressed using iBiquity's HDC compression technology.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 240
3. The combined analog and digital signals are transmitted.
4. 4. The most common form of interference, multipath distortion, occurs when part of a signal bounces off an object and arrives at the receiver at a
different time than the main signal. HD radio(TM) receivers are designed to sort through the reflected signals and reduce static~ hiss, pops, and
fades.
5. 5. The signal is compatible with HD radio(TM) receivers and analog radios.
In much the same way that a portable CD player digitally stores a short passage of music in order to overcome any momentary interruptions, the
interleaver approach, incorporated into IBOC technology, further enhances performance. By "caching" or storing the broadcast into short-term
memory, the interleaver allows for the uninterrupted transition between analog and digital signal within the same channel, in order to avoid the
drop-off that might occur due to a bridge or other obstruction. In order to deliver instantaneous tuning, the interleaver also seamlessly enables the
initial selection of the analog signal and subsequent transition to the digital signal, once properly cached. Compression of audio data will increase
transmission without losing sound quality.
By employing the above techniques incorporating multiple digital signal techniques, such as redundant sidebands, blend, first adjacent cancellation,
and code and power sharing, iBiquity Digital's IBOC technology is designed to capture a superior robust signal within a station's coverage area. This
ensures delivery of the benefits of HD radio(TM) technology.
Provided that sufficient signal strength is available, customers with HD radio(TM) receivers will receive CD-quality sound in the FM band, along
with song title and artist information where available, and FM quality sound in the AM band (AM stereo), along with song title and artist
information, where available. HD radio(TM) reception range is slightly less than the analog reception range. The HD radio(TM) receiver will revert
back (known as a blend) to the analog signal at the edge of coverage. Also, when first tuning into the station, the analog audio will play first, and
then the radio will blend over to the digital audio afier a short period of time.
Important:
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which regulates US radio transmissions, only allows transmitting of the HD digital signal with
a radiated power of "1% of the effective radiated power". For example, if the effective radiated power is 600 watts, the radiated power for the
HD digital signal is only 6 watts!
For a complete list of on-air and licensed stations, go to the iBiquity website:
www.hdradio.com/find_an_hd_digital_radio_station.php
Multicast
Multicasting is a big deal for radio stations and listeners alike. A radio station can now better serve its listeners. For instance, a public radio station
can broadcast morning jazz music on one "channel" and morning talk programming on another "channel" (same radio station; same frequency on the
dial; but multiple options for the listener). Commercial radio stations will be able to branch out into multiple formats - rock and country~ for
example. Now consider the possibilities if all of the radio stations in an area have the ability to offer two or three channels for the listener to choose
from.
In addition to duplicating their analog programming with an HD radio(TM) broadcast, stations can subdivide the digital portion of their signal. This
allows a station to "multicast" - that is, to broadcast two or more programs simultaneously. Listeners might have a choice of say, a sports game or
music.
Being digital only, these additional channels could only be received on an HD radio(TM) tuner. But just as cable TV allowed specialized networks
to flourish, multicasting provides the potential for stations to offer more niche programming - ultimately giving the listener a greater variety of
formats to choose from.
Finding an HD2 channel on the radio dial
While multicast channels today are commercial and subscription-free, consumers do need an HD radio(TM) receiver that can receive multicast
channels. For the most part, to find new HD2 channels, listeners turn the dial from channel to channel in the same manner that they have always
tuned in to their favorite radio stations. HD radio(TM) products detect digital and multicast station availability and tune to
these stations automatically.
Of the more than 1,100 stations across the country broadcasting with HD radio(TM) technology, more than 500 FM stations are offering a second
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 241
(HD2) and, in many cases, a third (HD3) multicast channel.
For more information, visit: http ://www.ibiquity.com/hd_radio/hdradio_multicasting
ABOUT SIGNAL COVERAGE AREA AND INTERFERENCE
Useful coverage area
How far away from the radio station being listened to is it possible to receive an HD digital radio signal?
That depends on the local terrain, other radio stations in the area, and man-made interference. All of these things can affect how well a radio station
can be received.
Each radio station has a local, distant and fringe coverage area defined by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which regulates US
radio transmissions.
Local coverage is the area where the radio signal is strong, and almost any radio should get good or acceptable reception.
Distant coverage requires a good antenna; smaller portable radios or car radios may not receive the signal or have distortion.
Fringe coverage is the area where reception is possible only with a good stationary external antenna, if at all.
For more technical and overall information (location, coverage, etc.) on radio stations, go to:
www.radio-locator.com
An HD radio(TM) should get reliable digital signals in the local coverage area, and may get digital signals in distant coverage areas, depending on
the environment. In fringe areas, radios usually don't receive digital signals because, unlike a traditional analog signal that fades out when traveling
away from it, the digital signal will simply disappear when the signal isn't strong enough.
Note:
Interference can cause radio reception to vary significantly from one location to another~ even in the same area and/or region.
The antenna
Since HD radio(TM) technology utilizes the same frequencies as traditional AM and FM radio, the antenna system remains the same.
Note:
Therefore, the same problems that occur with normal AM/FM antennas are applicable for HD radio(TM) systems.
Many of the problems that occur with a car and not with a home stereo system stem from the differences between home and car antennas. The car
antenna is often multi-directional for tuning in the best possible reception, and a home antenna always remains in one place.
On the other hand, the antenna in a car is much smaller. It sits close to the ground rather than being high in the air and it is always in motion, with
rotational movement from the antenna and natural obstacles affecting reception distance.
Given the difficult job car antennas are asked to perform, should problems with AM/FM reception be encountered by customers, it is most likely not
the fault of the BMW radio.
The stations the customer is able to receive will depend largely upon signal strength. This varies depending upon the time of day, the season and
other factors.
FM reception
FM reception - which can include the car's local weather band station - usually has better sound quality than AM reception. However, unlike AM
waves, FM signals are weaker, delivering reception for only about forty to fifty miles, under even the best conditions.
HD radio(TM) receivers Will have slightly less reception range than the traditional FM signal. The radio will blend back to FM analog at the edge of
the digital coverage area.
FM signals transmission situation
With FM signals, several problems can occur as a result of the way in which these signals travel and their relative lack of strength.
HD radio(TM) signals are generally immune to the traditional FM analog problems.
"Dead Spots"
The first of these problems is called a "dead spot". If a direct FM wave and a reflected FM wave reach the car antenna at the same time, they will
cancel each other out.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 242
These "dead spots" will be eliminated with the HD radio(TM) receiver.
"Multipath"
The second problem specific to FM signals is called "multipath". This is similar to a dead spot in that two stations are fighting for the same general
frequency. A "multipath" is an area in which a reflected FM signal is occupying a frequency very close to that of a direct signal. If the reflected wave
is stronger than the direct wave, the result will be a fluttering sound as the car passes through that area. This happens very often in inner-city areas.
HD radio(TM) signals are designed to be robust in "multipath" environments, eliminating this fluttering effect. HD radio(TM) receivers are designed
to sort through the reflected signals and reduce static, hiss, pops, and fades.
iBiquity Digital's IBOC technology overcomes multipath interference and sources of noise through the use of proprietary coding and
power-combining techniques. This proprietary approach to error correction utilizes digital processors and powerful algorithms to constantly compare
the quality of the two digital sideband transmissions. It combines them to deliver additional power gain whenever possible, and when not possible,
seamlessly switching to the more powerful of the two.
"Fading"
The third problem often encountered with FM signals is called "fading". "Fading" occurs as the car is leaving the effective reception range of the FM
station. The signal becomes weak and fuzzy. Because the range of most FM stations is only about forty miles, fading may be experienced quite often
during long trips - and even in a motorist's own neighborhood - if a particular FM station is broadcasting forty miles away or more.
HD radio(TM) receivers have slightly less reception range than traditional FM signals. At the edge of coverage, the radio will blend back to the
analog signal.
"Station Swapping"
Another problem often heard when listening to an FM signal is called "station swapping". An FM receiver is designed to search for and lock onto the
strongest signal in any area. However, if there are two stations in a given area that are broadcasting on very close frequencies, the radio may "swap"
back and forth between these two stations, depending on which signal is stronger.
The HD radio(TM) audio will not be affected by "station swapping". The range of the digital signal may be slightly reduced in this circumstance.
"Sound is skipping"
The radio sound skips back and forth.
This happens when the HD radio(TM) station is not time-aligning its analog signal with the digital signal.
Stereo broadcasts
Stereo broadcasts have an effective range of only about forty miles - unlike mono broadcasts, whose effective range is usually about fifty miles. This
means that if someone is listening to an FM stereo broadcast and the car is thirty miles away from the transmitter, interference may be experienced.
With a mono broadcast, on the other hand, such interference will not be heard until the car is approximately forty to fifty miles away from the
transmitter.
HD radio(TM) signals are stereo up until the point that the signal blends back to analog at the edge of coverage. This is usually occurs somewhere
between the effective stereo and effective mono range of the station (in this case, 42 - 45 miles away from the transmitter).
This is normal operation, but the customer could complain of losing the stereo surround sound intermittently.
Note:
Sport events are not broadcasted in HD radio(TM) digital audio quality; they are still in mono (analog signal).
AM reception
AM radio waves generally deliver a powerful, continuous signal over more than a one-hundred mile radius from their point of origin - even in
mountainous or inner-city areas.
This is because AM waves are dispersed as ground waves, which follow the curvature of the earth, and space waves, which actually bounce off the
upper ionosphere, creating a downward route to the automobile, no matter where it is driven. This factor is much better at night, and also tends to be
better in winter than in summer.
Note:
Since they are in the same frequency band, AM HD radio(TM) signals are affected the same way as traditional AM signals. Their coverage area
is slightly reduced compared with that of AM analog signals.
AM signal transmission situation
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 243
The problem with AM reception is that it is highly susceptible to electrical interference from sources such as power lines, electrical storms, or even
from nearby vehicles.
HD radio(TM) signals (since they are digital) are generally more immune to this type of interference, but can still be affected by strong electrical
interference.
In this instance, the radio will revert to the analog signal.
Important:
In the United States, due to the large number of stations, many smaller AM stations are required to sign off or reduce power sharply at sunset, in
order to reduce interference with distant stations.
The FCC prohibits AM radio stations from transmitting HD digital quality after sunset.
This is due to the greater distances that AM signals can travel at night. At night, a strong HD digital signal from one location could interfere with
distant radio stations that are on a similar frequency.
Some AM radio stations are even required to reduce the power of their analog signal at night for the same reason.
For AM signals, the single most important factor for good reception is the time of day.
AM signals almost always get absorbed by the diffusion layer of the ionosphere during daylight hours. As a result, all AM signals received during
daylight hours will arrive by ground wave, making reception of signals over a few hundred miles away unusual in daylight.
Note:
It is possible to have poor or no reception in the "Weather Band" mode.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 244
view PDF attachment B652505HD_Radio_Troubleshooting_Guide.2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 090207 Date: 090801
CCC(R) - Voice Recognition Enabling Code Requirement
SI B 09 02 07
Programming/Coding Explanations
August 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B09 02 07 dated April 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
CCC: Enabling Code (FSC) Required for Voice Recognition System
E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC navigation (SA 609)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E70 (X5) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E71 (X6) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
SITUATION
^ The Loss of Voice Recognition System (SVS SA 620) functions afier programming with ISTA/P.
^ [NEW] If a CCC (Car Communication Computer) is replaced, a repair-enabling code must be ordered to activate the SVS function on the
replacement CCC.
CAUSE
Enabling codes (FSC) make it possible to link special functions to a vehicle. Without these enabling codes, these functions will not operate. In this
specific case, the enabling codes must be imported any time the Car Communication Computer (CCC) is replaced, in order to ensure that the SVS is
functioning properly. If the enabling codes are not imported during the programming procedure, the SVS function will not be available.
PROCEDURE
[NEW] All enabling codes for replacement parts must be ordered and downloaded via ASAP (Aftersales Assistance Portal).
[NEW] Refer to the attachment to this Service Information, which provides information on how to order and download the repair-enabling code
from ASAP.
If during the course of diagnosis, a CCC needs to be replaced, the only part that should be installed is a new part that has not been previously
installed in a vehicle. The CCC enabling code is VIN-specific and if installed in another vehicle, the SVS (Voice Input System) will not function. Do
not swap parts from donor vehicles.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 245
IMPORTING OF ENABLING CODES INTO ISTA/P
Enabling codes that are downloaded via ASAP or PuMA are contained in a compressed file format. The file must be uncompressed, and the contents
copied to the root directory (not in a folder) of a USB stick or burned to a CD.
1. Plug the USB stick into the USB port on the ISSS or insert the CD into the DVD drive.
2. Start ISTA/P and select "Data management".
3. Select "Import activation code".
4. You will get a prompt to insert media; continue.
5. Select the activation code that corresponds to the vehicle you are working with.
6. The enabling code is now imported into ISTA/P and should be displayed with the "Certificate" field as "Present".
7. Start a new programming session and finish programming the vehicle (the enabling code will automatically be activated during the session).
8. Afier programming has finished, turn the ignition off and wait until the CCC is asleep (afier 4-5 minutes) and then check the SVS functionality.
No additional labor allowance; included in the allotted programming time
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 246
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 247
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 248
view PDF attachment B090207_Attachment.
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 640405 Date: 091001
A/C - Stops Cooling After a Long Drive
SI B 64 04 05
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 249
Heating and Air Conditioning
October 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B64 04 05 dated August 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Air Conditioning Stops Cooling After Long Drive
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
SITUATION
The customer states that after an extended drive, the air conditioning stops cooling and starts to blow warm air. This usually happens when the
weather is very humid or there is a high level of air pollution.
Normal operation is restored after the system is turned off for approximately 15 minutes.
CAUSE
The air conditioning system temperature regulation is calibrated between 33.4癋 (0.8癈) and 34.5癋 (1.4癈). Under certain environmental
conditions, ice may form on the evaporator, causing loss of air conditioning performance.
PROCEDURE 1: VEHICLES PRODUCED UP TO 3/2006 WITH A DATA STATUS OF E060-05-12-510 OR LOWER
Using ISTA D2.13 or higher, perform the following Service Function:
The IHKA system must have no faults. Troubleshoot and correct any stored faults in the IHKA before performing this service function.
1. With the introduction of this service function, the temperature calibration can be raised to 36.3癋 (2.4癈). Note: this calibration will need to be
performed after every software update until the release of Progman V21, which will not reset the evaporator settings to the original factory
settings.
2. Perform a short test on the vehicle, using DIS V46/ISTA 2.13 or higher.
3. Correct any faults stored in the IHKA system.
4. [NEW] Select "Activities".
5. Select "Service Functions".
6. Select "Body".
7. Select "Heating and Air conditioning function".
8. Select "Evaporator control".
9. Select "Operating parameter of evaporator temperature", the "test plan".
10. "Operating parameter of evaporator temperature S6450_50002" is shown as the test plan (page right).
11. "Note on PuMA measures: AG 4973857-01. The evaporator operating temperature has not yet been adopted" is displayed in the green screen.
Page right and continue with step 13 of this procedure.
12. If a different message is displayed, for example, "If necessary, the evaporator operating temperature can be adapted only by way of coding",
this is an error in the diagnosis program and the service function cannot be performed. Proceed to Procedure 2 if this message appears.
13. On the next page, "PuMA measures for adapting the evaporator operating temperature" is displayed. Select "[1] Perform evaporator operating
temperature adaptation procedure" and page right.
14. "Note on PuMA measures: AG 4973857-01. The evaporator operating temperature has been adopted" is displayed when the service function is
completed successfully. Page right and end the test plan.
15. Check the functionality of the air conditioning system.
PROCEDURE 2: VEHICLES PRODUCED FROM 3/2006 OR WITH A DATA STATUS OF E060-06-03-510 OR HIGHER
1. Program the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.34.2 or later.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 250
2. Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.
3. For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.
4. [NEW] Select "Vehicle".
5. Select "Conversion, raise evaporator temperature".
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to finish the retrofit coding.
7. Check the functionality of the system.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Defect Code: 64 11 64 14 00
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 540208 Date: 091001
Body - Sunroof Water Leaks
SI B 54 02 08
Special Roofs
October 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B54 02 08 dated January 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Water Leak from Sunroof
MODEL
E60 (5 Series)
SITUATION
After periods of heavy rainfall, water or residual moisture may be found in one or more of the following areas:
^ Rear area of the headliner
^ C-pillar trim panels
^ Rear seat floor or under the rear seat
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 251
^ Various areas of the vehicle's trunk.
CAUSE
1. Clogged or disconnected sunroof drains
2. Poorly sealed sunroof cassette
3. Excessive volume of water entering the sunroof cassette.
CORRECTION
1. Clean out or properly secure the sunroof drains.
2. Perform a sealing modification to the sunroof cassette.
3. Reduce the amount of water entering the cassette.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures should be carried out in the following order, and should be stopped once the leak has been identified and corrected:
Cause 1 (Clogged or disconnected sunroof drains)
1. Visually inspect the sunroof drains to ensure that they are not blocked by debris and remove as necessary.
2. Inspect for clogs within the drain tubes.
a. Blow compressed air through the sunroof drains to ensure that they are not clogged.
b. NOTE: Use caution when applying compressed air to the drains so the drain tubes do not become separated from the cassette.
c. Pour water into each of the drains to ensure that each drain can evacuate water at a similar rate.
Cause 2 (Poorly sealed sunroof cassette)
1. Remove the headliner per repair instruction RA 51 44 011 and water test the sunroof to reproduce the customer complaint.
a. While water testing, inspect the rear corner drain pockets of the cassette for any signs of water seeping through between the cassette frame
and these drain pockets.
b. If any water seepage is observed, apply sealant to the seam where the drain pocket (1) meets the cassette (2). The retaining tab (3) must also
be sealed. Wurth Euroseal Gel or a comparable silicone sealant may be used for this procedure.
c. Seal the opposite side of the cassette in a similar fashion as a preventative measure.
2. Inspect the connection of the drain tube to the cassette for any water seepage.
^ If any water seepage is observed, seal the drain tube to the cassette using Wurth Euroseal Gel or a comparable silicone sealant.
Cause 3 (Excessive amount of water entering the cassette)
1. Replace the perimeter seal per Repair Instruction RA 54 12 117.
2. Carefully adjust the sunroof glass per Repair Instruction RA 54 12 003.
3. Water-test the vehicle again to ensure that no further leaks are present.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 252
PARTS INFORMATION
Part Number Description Quantity
54 13 7 117 551 Perimeter Seal 1-If necessary
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 070509 Date: 091101
Computers/Controls - ISTA/D DTC S0001 After Quick Delete
SI B 07 05 09
Workshop Environment Systems
November 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
ISTA/D Fault Code "S0001" Entries Still Present After Quick Delete
MODEL
All
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 253
SITUATION
When a vehicle test is performed and control modules are not responding (modules shown in yellow in the control module tree), a fault code starting
with an "S" and followed by a 4 digit number, such as "50001 No communication possible", is displayed. After finishing diagnosis and deleting the
fault memory of the vehicle, these control module faults are not deleted and are still displayed in the fault memory list.
These service fault code entries are known as virtual fault code entries for each control module that does not respond. However, when "Quick delete"
is performed and the service fault code entries are only momentarily deleted but return right away, this is an ISTA error.
ISTA will calculate the test plan to check the power supply of each control module that did not respond during the vehicle test.
1. Complete the test plan(s) until the problem is identified and corrected.
2. Delete the fault memory by selecting "Start quick delete" from the "Fault memory" screen.
3. If the "S0001 No communication possible" faults are still displayed, switch to the "Vehicle test" screen.
4. Highlight the control module not responding (yellow).
5. Select "Call up ECU functions".
6. Select "ECU test".
7. Once "ECU status:" changes to "ECU responding", the service fault code entry for that control module is deleted from the fault memory list, and
the control module status in the "Vehicle test" screen turns to green.
8. Continue this procedure for each control module that did not respond during the initial vehicle test.
This error will be corrected in ISTA/D 2.19.0.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 611207 Date: 091002
Antitheft - No Engine Crank After CAS3 Replacement
SI B 61 12 07
General Electrical Systems
October 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 12 07 dated October 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
No Crank After CAS3 Replacement
MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) vehicles produced from 6/2006
E70 (X5) [NEW] vehicles produced from 9/2006
E71 (X6)
E82, E88 (1 Series)
E60, E61 (5 Series) vehicles produced from [NEW] 9/2006
E63, E64 (6 Series) vehicles produced from [NEW] 9/2006
SITUATION
After replacing the CAS3 (Car Access System), the vehicle has a "No crank" condition.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 254
CAUSE
The CAS "Line mode" is still active.
PROCEDURE
Use ISTA to delete the "Line Mode". Select "Activities/Service function/Drive/CAS/Reset starter interlock", and then run the test plan
S6100_KL50MONT.
[NEW]Note that for certain vehicles up to 3/2007, the test plan may not be available. Identify the vehicle manually by selecting "Basic features" and
select a production date after 3/2007 (e.g., input a 6/2007 production date). The test plan will then be available.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Disclaimer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 160209 Date: 091223
Fuel Sys. - Fuel Level Sensor Repair Information
SI B 16 02 09
Fuel Supply Systems
December 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B16 01 06 dated September 2006.
SUBJECT
Fuel Level Sensor Repairs
MODEL
All Models
SITUATION
Where it is necessary to replace the right or the left-side fuel level sensor due to a failure, the entire pump and housing or delivery unit (suction jet
assembly) do not need to be replaced as well. In some cases, EPC does not show that the repair kit is available separately in the illustration, but it is
available in the parts description.
For example, the customer complains that the fuel gauge is inoperative. When diagnosed, the problem is found to be a defective right-side fuel level
sensor. Only the fuel level sensor should be replaced; there is no need to replace the entire fuel delivery module assembly. Refer to the applicable
Repair Instruction for complete details.
Fuel pump repair kits or delivery units (suction jet assemblies) should not be used to repair fuel level sensor concerns, and will not be covered under
the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 630408 Date: 091101
Lighting - Headlamp Condensation Diagnosis
SI B 63 04 08
Lights
November 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B63 04 08 dated June 2008.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 255
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Headlamp Moisture: Fault Diagnostics
MODEL
[NEW] All models
SITUATION
There is water or condensation in one or both headlamps.
[NEW] INFORMATION
Under some environmental conditions, condensation can occur without there being a faulty headlamp. A comprehensive test plan that will allow an
accurate diagnosis and repair is available. Follow the relevant test plan in diagnostics, using the latest ISTA diagnosis version. Select "Information
search" and the test plan may be accessed in two ways:
1. Using the "Text search" tab, select "Search for document title" and search using the term "Headlight fogging".
2. Using the "Function structure" tab, select "Body Mechanism, noises, optical element; leaks Water ingress Headlight fogged on inside Start
search ".
Note that a Diagnosis Code will be produced at the end of the test module. Be sure to include the code in the "Comments" section of the warranty
claim.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 070409 Date: 091101
Computers/Controls - ISTA Test Plan Priority Error Info.
SI B 07 04 09
Workshop Environment Systems
November 2009
Technical Service
SUBJECT
ISTA Test Plan Priority Error
MODEL
All
When diagnosing a vehicle using ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application), fault code test plans are intended to be listed by "Priority".
However, the priority given to test plans by ISTA may not be reliable. This may lead to unnecessary diagnosis being performed.
When ISTA was introduced, the entire diagnostics from DIS was migrated over to ISTA. Until all of the diagnostic data has been revised within
ISTA, this type of error may occur.
Before starting diagnosis, the entire test schedule should be considered. Always use fault symptom diagnosis when available~ and use the customer
complaint as the basis for determining which test plan to start first.
Note:
With each ISTA release, the priority given in the test schedule will become more reliable.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 256
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 652104 Date: 091001
Navigation System - DVD Road Map Information
SI B 65 21 04
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
October 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 21 04 dated July 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Navigation Road Map DVD for Vehicles with CCC
MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E70 (X5) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
E71 (X6) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)
SITUATION
The navigation system continues to display "PLEASE INSERT NAVIGATION DVD" when inserting the Navigation Road Map DVD into the CCC
(Car Communication Computer) navigation drive.
CAUSE
Incorrect Navigation Road Map DVD inserted into the CCC.
CORRECTION
A separate Navigation Map DVD for vehicles with CCC is available and must be used.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Disclaimer2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 653809 Date: 100101
Car Information Computer (CIC) - Nav. Road Map Update
SI B 65 38 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
January 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
CIC Navigation Road Map Update
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 257
MODEL
All models from September 2008 on with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
INFORMATION
When requested by the customer, the Car Information Computer (CIC) road map database can be updated using a DVD set. However, this is not a
warranty matter, and the customer should be charged accordingly.
Note:
With the introduction of the CIC navigation road map version "PREMIUM 2010", the road map update must be activated via an enable code (FSC).
Refer to SI B65 30 09 for details.
PROCEDURE
Refer to Attachment A.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT:
Updating the CIC navigation road map database is not covered under Warranty.
PROCEDURE
1. Connect the vehicle to a BMW approved battery charger.
2. Turn the ignition on.
3. Select the menu "Navigation" via the iDrive controller.
4. Insert the CIC navigation road map update DVD #1. The update process will start automatically, with the progress shown visually on the screen.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 258
5. After DVD #1 is loaded, a message on the display will prompt you to insert DVD #2. Manually eject DVD #1 and insert DVD #2.
6. The update process will restart automatically.
7. After DVD #2 is loaded, a message on the display will prompt you to insert DVD #3. Manually eject DVD #2 and insert DVD #3.
8. The update process will restart automatically.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 259
9. After DVD #3 is loaded, a message on the display will prompt you to restart the system. Select and press "OK" to restart the system.
10. The system will then restart with the updated CIC navigation road map database.
11. The CIC navigation system version can be checked in "Options".
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 170110 Date: 100301
Cooling System - Proper Cooling System Service Procedure
SI B 17 01 10
Cooling System
March 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Proper Evacuation and/or Filling of Cooling System after Repairs
MODEL
All
SITUATION
It can no longer be assured that all air is bled from a modern cooling system after it has been opened for repairs. This can result in poor performance
of the cooling system and also erratic operation of systems utilizing cooling system temperature values. A special tool has been developed that
ensures complete evacuation of all air in the system prior to filling, and also validates if the system is free of leaks prior to filling with coolant.
PROCEDURE
The Coolant Vacuum Charger tool P/N 81 39 2 152 470 (SI B04 34 08) must be used after completing major cooling systems repairs, or when the
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 260
cooling system is drained and needs to be refilled with fresh coolant. Repair instructions for operating the vacuum charge unit are in the attachment
below.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 261
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 262
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 263
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 264
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 265
Attachment - B170110_RA_17_00_039.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 230706 Date: 100301
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 266
A/T - Failsafe Mode/Can't Shift Gears/Fault Codes Set
SI B 23 07 06
Manual Transmission
March 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B23 07 06 dated February 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
M5, M6 with SMG III; FC 4F42/4F43 - Hydraulic Unit Faults
MODEL
E60 (M5) with GS7S47BG SMG transmission
E63 (M6) with GS7S47BG SMG transmission
SITUATION
^ The SMG transmission goes into failsafe mode with "Trans Light" illuminated.
^ Gears may not be selected or changed. If the SMG transmission is stuck in any gear, the engine cannot be restarted.
^ Any combination of the following fault codes may be stored in the SMG control unit (listed by frequency of occurrences):
^ 4F42 - Hydraulic unit, on period;
^ 4F43 - Hydraulic unit activation frequency, pressure build-up; and
^ 4F40 - Hydraulic unit, pressure range undershot.
^ In most cases, fault code 4FA0 (Clutch activation, position deviation) is also stored with the SMG hydraulic system-related faults.
NOTE:
If fault code 4FA0 (usually with FC 4F80 - "Transmission problem") is stored without any of the hydraulic system-related faults, refer to SI B21 02
06 for proper diagnosis.
Also refer to SI B23 02 06 for additional information regarding towing SMG-equipped vehicles.
CAUSE
Intermittent failure in the SMG III hydraulic system
CORRECTION
Interrogate the SMG fault memory and execute the appropriate ISTA test modules in the following sequence:
1. Start with Test Plan S2360_S3TFK - "Calculate accumulator pre-pressure charge". Perform it at least 4 times. If the test module fails, most likely
the pressure accumulator is defective and should be replaced. After the replacement is concluded, perform test module S2360_S3TFK again to verify
repair effectiveness.If the results are inconclusive, or if fault code 4FA0 (Clutch activation) is stored in conjunction with FCs 4F42/4F43, proceed to:
2. Test Plan B2360_S3KUP -"Clutch". Work through all the submenu selections from 1 to 5. If the results are inconclusive, proceed to:
3. Test Plan B2360_S3HYE - "Hydraulic unit". From the test submenu, select: "(4) Function check, pressure build-up". If the hydraulic pump fails
to activate during the test, proceed to:
4. Test Plan B2360_S3HYR - "Hydraulic pump". From the test submenu, select: "(4) Function check, hydraulic pump relay". Using the MFK1
adaptor and 40-pin break-up box (P/N 12 1 300/303), diagnose the SMG pump relay operation. Replace the hydraulic pump relay (K6318) if it is
defective.
5. [NEW] If, during diagnosis, the SMG hydraulic system (or a hydraulic pump) fails one of the executed test plans, submit a PuMA TC Case under
Getrag TC Action "M5/6 SMG3 - FC 4F42/43" for additional diagnostic and troubleshooting hints.
[NEW] Important:
As of March 1st, 2010, a Part Replacement Authorization is required before replacing the SMGIII Hydraulic Unit manufactured by GETRAG (SI
B23 01 08).
6. [NEW] If replacement of the complete SMG Hydraulic Unit (P/N 21 54 2 282 998) is approved by Getrag TC, use the following procedure
below.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 267
PROCEDURE
Important:
1. Prior to any work on the SMG hydraulic system, the operating pressure must be reduced through test plan "Replacement and repair
S2360_S3SRV". Select (4) "Hydraulics"; then (3) "Before working on the hydraulic system - pressure reduction", found in "Service
Functions"/"SMG transmission control".
2. Remove the SMG pump relay (K6318, black) located in the E-box. The K6318 relay should not be reinstalled until the repair procedure is
completed.
3. Remove the SMG transmission from the vehicle. For removal instructions, refer to RA23 00 613, found in TIS.
4. Place and secure (e.g., with wooden blocks) the SMG transmission on the appropriate workbench.
Important:
Make sure that the transmission fluid cooler/lines located at the bottom
are not damaged.
NOTE:
The special SMG III transmission fixture tool shown in the illustration (24 0 200) will be available in the near future for easier handling of the unit.
5. Unclip the valve block wiring harness from the metal clips.
6. Remove one M8X35 Torx bolt (2) at the fluid reservoir.
Note on reassembly:
Use the new bolt (P/N 07 12 9 903 927) and torque it to 22 Nm.
7. Remove the two M8 self-locking hex nuts securing the clutch slave cylinder to the bell housing.
Note on reassembly:
Use the new self-locking nuts provided (P/N 07 12 9 904 877). Torque them to 22 Nm.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 268
8. Remove the two M8X80 Allen head bolts (#1 on the pump housing), and the two M8X25 Torx head bolts securing the hydraulic pump assembly
(#1 on the pump/accumulator bracket).
Note on reassembly:
Clean the internal threads in the transmission housing to remove any residual locking material. Use the new bolts provided: M8X80 P/N 07 11 9
901 036, M8X25 P/N 07 12 9 903 925, Use Loctite 243 with the two M8X25 bolts. Retorque all bolts to 22 Nm.
9. Remove 11 M8X25 Allen head bolts from the actuators block assembly.
10. Using an appropriate tool (e.g., a plastic wedge), carefully pry off the actuator block assembly from the transmission housing.
Note:
Make sure that the transmission housing sealing surface is not damaged or scratched during the removal process.
11. Cover the transmission selector forks with a clean, lint-free cloth, and remove the residual sealing material from the sealing surface.
12. If one of the centering sleeves (1) remains in the removed actuator block, it should be removed and discarded. In such a case, install a new sleeve
(P/N 23 01 7 838 947) in the transmission housing.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 269
13. Align the transmission actuator forks (1) in the central position, as shown on the illustration.
14. Apply a thin coat of Loctite(R) 518 on the mating surface (2).
Note:
Loctite(R) 518 can be purchased from the BMW PDCs using the P/N 83 19 0 395 783.
15. Carefully remove the replacement SMG Hydraulic Unit (P/N 21 54 2 282 998) from its original packaging and protective foam. Make sure that
all shifting pistons of the actuator block are centered, with the rounded areas of the shafts pointing upwards (as shown in the illustration).
16. With the help of another person, position the pump/reservoir/slave cylinder unit on the side of the transmission, and at the same time gently place
the actuator block on the transmission top opening.
17. Align the centering sleeves with the corresponding holes in the actuator block, and gently press on the block until it perfectly fits on the mating
surface.
18. Secure the actuator block with 11 new M8X25 bolts (P/N 07 11 9 901 024), and torque them to 22 Nm.
19. Secure the pump/reservoir and clutch slave cylinder with the bolts and nuts provided.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 270
Important:
The SMG Hydraulic Unit comes prefilled with Pentosin CHF 11S fluid. Remove the rubber green transportation seal cap from the reservoir breather.
Install the black rubber cap provided with the replacement kit.with the replacement kit.
20. Reinstall the SMG transmission.
21. Connect the vehicle to DIS/GT1. From the Service Functions, select SMG Transmission, Replacement and Repair S2360_S3S RV test module,
and then:
^ Select: (4) Hydraulics
^ Select: (2) After replacing hydraulic unit with actuator block
^ And then perform 3 service functions, in the following sequence:
1. Teach-in clutch valve characteristic values
2. Adapt complete transmission
3. Teach-in clutch slip point.
Important:
It is not required to perform the bleeding procedure of the actuator block or clutch slave cylinder, since the hydraulic unit comes prefilled. Reinsert
the K6318 hydraulic pump relay only when prompted by a test module request.
22. If needed, top up the hydraulic fluid level using Pentosin CHF 11S (P/N 82 11 1 468 041).
PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 271
[NEW]WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 650310 Date: 100301
Cell Phone - New Generation iPhone(R) Not Recognized
SI B 65 03 10
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
March 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Apple iPhone 3G/3GS Is Not Recognized
MODEL
All models from September 2008 on with option 6NF (Smart Phone Integration), option 6FL (USB Audio Interface) and option 639 (BMW Assist)
SITUATION
After the customer has upgraded to a new generation iPhone 3G/3GS, the phone is not recognized when connected via the snap-in adapter.
^ No audio output
^ No music file information
CAUSE
An earlier model of the snap-in adapter is installed, which does not support the new generation iPhone 3G/3GS.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 272
CORRECTION
Install the correct snap-in adapter for the new generation iPhone 3G/3GS.
INFORMATION
For more details on the snap-in adapter parts, compatibility, and features, refer to the attached Aftersales bulletin.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT:
Upgrading the snap-in adapter is not covered under Warranty.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 273
B650310_Attachment_A.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 841109 Date: 100301
BMW Assist(R) - Troubleshooting Tips 'BMW Search'
SI B 84 11 09
Communication Systems
March 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 11 09 dated January 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
BMW Assist "BMW Search" Troubleshooting Tips
MODEL
All vehicles with a CIC (Car Information Computer)
[NEW] INFORMATION
BMW Search is part of the optional BMW Assisttrade; Convenience Plan. Please visit www.bmwassist.com/convenienceplan for additional
information, and review Parts bulletin V-17-0310-8409 / 84 06 08 (BMW Assist update on BMW Search). This bulletin is intended to provide
diagnostic tips.
BMW Search functionality may not be available until 24 hours after enrollment into the BMW Assist Convenience Plan.
[NEW] Note:
The text-to-speech capability to read out "News" is only available on 2010 and later models produced 9/2009 and later. All earlier eligible vehicles
only display the news.
PROCEDURE
Please work through the following procedure.
1. Verify if the vehicle is enrolled in the Convenience Plan.
The information can be found on the DCSnet Vehicle History Inquiry. Does "Assist Conv. Plan" have a valid expiration date beyond the current
date?
^ Yes, proceed to step 3.
^ No, the customer must enroll in the optional Convenience Plan. Create a new Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA) on DCSnet under BMW
I Sales I BMW Assist.
The above example with an expiration date of "00/00/0000" is an example of a vehicle which is NOT enrolled in the BMW Assist Convenience
Plan.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 274
2. Does the vehicle support BMW Search (see the "MODEL" information above)?
^ If the vehicle is eligible, proceed to step 3.
^ If vehicle is not eligible, inform the customer that his or her vehicle does not support the BMW search feature.
3. Was the vehicle enrolled within the last 24 hours?
^ Yes: retest the BMW Search function the next business day.
^ No: proceed to step 4.
4. [NEW] Test BMW Search for proper operation. Refer to Parts bulletin V-17-0310-8409 / 84 06 08 (BMW Assist update on BMW Search). Did
BMW Search work correctly?
^ Yes: proceed to step 8.
^ No: proceed to step 5.
5. Test the BMW Assist Safety Plan services for proper operation by placing a test call (press the "SOS" button). Make sure that the BMW Assist
Response Center has received the correct VIN and location of the vehicle. Did the Response Center receive the correct VIN and location?
^ Yes: proceed to step 6.
^ No: continue normal diagnosis, as this bulletin is not applicable.
6. Call BMW Assist Customer Care, option 4. Verify whether BMW Assist Customer Care has the correct subscription information on file.
^ If their records show the customer as being a Convenience Plan subscriber, proceed to step 7.
^ If their records do NOT show the customer as being a Convenience Plan subscriber, review the ESA on file at the selling BMW center.
7. Submit a PuMA Case to verify whether the vehicle's account is set up correctly in the Identity Store (IDS).
8. Ask the customer where the vehicle was located when he or she attempted to use the BMW Search function. Is there AT&T Mobility data
coverage at the location in question? Visit www.wireless.att.com/coverageviewer select "Data", and enter the vehicle location or the location where
the customer reported an issue.
^ Yes: proceed to step 9.
^ No: the vehicle needs to be moved to a location with AT&T Mobility data coverage for the BMW Search function to work.
9. Is the customer familiar with how to use the service in the vehicle?
^ No: refer the customer to www.bmwassist.com/BMWSearch.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 842205 Date: 100401
BMW Assist(R) - Reactivation Of BMW Assist(R) Services
SI B 84 22 05
Communication Systems
April 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 22 05 dated April 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Reactivation of BMW Assist Services
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 275
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 276
[NEW] MODEL
[NEW] SITUATION
The embedded phone in the Telematics Control Unit (TCU) is deactivated or was never activated with the wireless carrier; and/or the unit does not
have a BMW Assist service initialized for one of the following reasons:
^ BMW Assist(TM) services have lapsed due to non-renewal by the current customer.
^ The vehicle was never enrolled (ESA not completed within 45 days of the Retail Date).
^ Certified Pre-Owned (CPO) or used vehicles where the new customer did not enroll in BMW Assist services.
^ The subscriber originally declined BMW Assist services.
^ A US spec vehicle that was purchased in one of the following ways:
1. Overseas by a person using the Military Sales purchase program.
2. Gray market vehicle.
3. A vehicle purchased overseas by a diplomat.
^ An Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA) cannot be created on any vehicle that is not registered in the BMW of North America, LLC warranty
system. Prior to following the procedure in the bulletin, see SI B 01 12 04 (Warranty Coverage: "In Transit" Vehicles and Validation of US and
Non-US Vehicles) for more details on registering a vehicle.
The TCU should not be replaced, but reactivated per the following procedure, if the customer wishes to enroll and receive BMW Assist services.
Non-US Spec vehicles cannot have BMW Assist activated.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 277
ATTACHMENTS _B842205
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 278
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 279
view CDMA_Most-bus_Vehicles
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 280
view CDMA_Reactivation_Form
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 281
view GMS_MOST-bus_Vehicles.
view GMS_Reactivation_Form.
Warranty Information
This is NOT a warranty issue. All cost are the customer's responsibility.
Time
Estimated reactivation time: 20 minutes or less.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 282
view IK_bus_Vehicles.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 283
Reactivation Form
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 284
Reactivation of BMW Assist Services
BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form/Warranty Information/Time
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 285
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 286
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 287
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 288
FAQ
[New] Procedure (Client Advisor or Service Advisor)
[NEW] PROCEDURE (CLIENT ADVISOR OR SERVICE ADVISOR)
Identifying the scope of work:
1. Check the vehicle's eligibility status in the DCSnet service history. Document the following information:
^ "Assist Safety Plan expires" date
^ TCU ESN/TCU IMEI status:
"INACTIVE" or "ACTIVE"
2. Identify which TCU type is installed in the vehicle by referring to the model section in this bulletin.
^ CDMA: proceed to step 3.
^ GSM: proceed to step 10.
^ INACTIVE: If the customer previously declined or did not renew the BMW Assist services, or if a subscriber agreement was never processed or
received, BMW NA deactivates the wireless carrier and Response Center services.
^ ACTIVE: The TCU is still activated on the wireless carrier network. The "Assist Safety Plan expires" must be beyond today's date, and the TCU
must be active BMW Assist services to work.
^ The complete reactivation process must be followed for the services to work.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 289
3. On CDMA TCUs, verify the work that needs to be performed, using the chart below.
^ Important information on vehicles equipped with a CDMA TCU from 9/05 production, or if the TCU was replaced on a pre-9/05
production vehicle with newer hardware:
^ To comply with wireless service provider restrictions, when a BMW Assist account expires, BMW of North America, LLC must prevent the
Network Access Device (NAD) from registering on the wireless network. If a BMW Assist account has expired and the vehicle was produced
after 9/05 production, BMW may send the Power Off Command (POC) to the TCU. This means that the NAD will not turn on or register on the
network.
^ When a TCU receives the POC, the BMW workshop tools will not be able to communicate with the NAD. When the DIS/GT1 is unable to
communicate with the NAD, the tester will NOT display any information when trying to read the ESN, MIN or MDN. For vehicles which have
received the POC, an alternate test module must be used to turn the NAD back on.
4. Using the above time estimates, identify the scope of work that needs to be performed. Provide the customer with an estimate to reactivate BMW
Assist services.
5. If the customer wishes to reactivate BMW Assist services, he or she must complete a valid, active subscriber agreement with the BMW Assist
Response Center through the enrollment application on DCSnet, located at Sales | BMW Assist | Electronic Subscriber Agreement.
^ Incentives for renewing BMW Assist services: The BMW Assist incentive for selling term extensions is $20 per year of renewed service. For
additional information, please visit BMW/BMW Assist/Bulletins on Centernet and review Parts bulletin B84 07 06 (BMW Assist Enrollment
Sales Incentive Program).
6. Upon completion of an Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA), the TCU will be automatically reactivated with the wireless carrier. A new
Mobile Identification Number (MIN) and Mobile Device Number (MDN) will be automatically assigned within 20 minutes.
^ Wait 20 minutes before printing an updated DCSnet vehicle history report, so that the new numbers are displayed.
7. The MIN and MDN are displayed after the reactivation for 14 days. Print this page for the technician to complete the TCU reactivation process by
writing the numbers in to the TCU.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 290
8. If the MIN and MDN information is required outside this reactivation period, please call the Telematics Analyst to obtain this information prior to
having a technician complete the reactivation process.
A return call or fax from the Telematics Analyst with the new MIN and MDN will occur within three hours during business hours (8:30 AM to
4:30 PM EST). if the customer is waiting, fax the BMW Assist reactivation form and call the telematics Analyst to expedite the process.
9. Provide the technician a copy of the DCSnet service history report, showing the new MIN and MDN.
10. GSM: The Mobile Subscriber International Services Digital Network Number (MSISDN) is NOT needed during the reactivation process. If you
need the MSISDN or if the ICC-ID was not automatically reactivated, obtain this information by faxing the BMW Assist reactivation form. A return
call or fax from the Telematics Analyst with the new MSISDN will occur within three hours during business hours (8:30 AM to 4:30 PM EST). If
the customer is waiting, fax the BMW Assist reactivation form and call the Telematics Analyst to expedite the process.
11. On GSM TCUs, verify the work that needs to be performed using the below chart.
12. Using the above time estimates, identify the scope of work that needs to be performed. Provide the customer with an estimate to reactivate BMW
Assist services.
13. If the customer wishes to reactivate BMW Assist services, he or she must complete a valid, active subscriber agreement with the BMW Assist
Response Center through the enrollment application on DCSnet, located at Sales | BMW Assist | Electronic Subscriber Agreement.
^ Incentives for renewing BMW Assist services: The BMW Assist incentive for selling term extensions is $20 per year of renewed service. For
additional information, please visit BMW/BMW Assist/Bulletins on Centernet and review Parts bulletin B84 07 06 (BMW Assist Enrollment
Sales Incentive Program).
14. Upon completion of an Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA), the TCU will be automatically reactivated with the wireless carrier. A new
Mobile Subscriber International Services Digital Network Number (MSISDN) will be assigned to the International Circuit Card Identifier (ICCID).
The MSISDN is not needed for the reactivation process.
15. Have the technician initialize BMW Assist and make a test call per the attachment to this bulletin (B842205_GSM_MOST-bus_Vehicles).
Procedure (Technician)
PROCEDURE (TECHNICIAN)
[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_IK-bus_Vehicles" for the following vehicles:
E46 (3 Series) from 9/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E53 (X5) from 10/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E83 (X3) from 9/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 291
E85 (Z4) from 10/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_CDMA_MOST-bus_Vehicles" for the following vehicles:
E60, E61 (5 Series) from SOP to 3/08
E63, E64 (6 Series) from SOP to 3/08
E65, E66 (7 Series) from 01/03 production
E70 (X5) from SOP to 4/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E71 (X6) from SOP to 4/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E82, E88 (1 Series) from SOP to 3/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) from SOP to 3/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_GSM_MOST-bus_Vehicles" for the following vehicles:
E60, E61 (5 Series) from 3/08 production
E63, E64 (6 Series) from 3/08 production
E70 (X5) from 4/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E71 (X6) from 4/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E82, E88 (1 Series) from 3/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E89 (Z4) from SOP, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) from 3/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
F01, F02, F04 (7 Series) from SOP
F07 (5 Series Gran Turismo) from SOP, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_FAQ": for a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) on renewing or reactivating BMW Assist
services.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
This is NOT a warranty issue. All costs are the customer's responsibility.
[NEW] TIME
See the charts in this bulletin.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 090110 Date: 100301
Audio System - Retrofitted Satellite Radio Coding Faults
SI B09 01 10
Programming/Coding Explanations
March 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Coding Faults with Retrofitted Satellite Radio (Options 655 and 693)
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
SITUATION
When coding a vehicle with a retrofitted Satellite Radio (Option 655) in combination with the Preparation BMW Satellite Radio (Option 693), the
coding will fail with a CoApi 1000 fault. The same fault occurs when installing a retrofit Satellite Radio on affected cars.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 292
CAUSE
Faulty coding files in ISTA/P 2.37.0
INFORMATION
Please submit a PuMA Case and follow the procedure below to load a new VO before coding the vehicle.
PROCEDURE
1. After retrieving a new VO (with Option 693 deleted) and the corresponding IBAC code, load the VO to ISTA/P in the Data Management menu.
2. Start a new ISTA/P session.
3. After the vehicle is identified, go into the "Vehicle" menu; tab "Vehicle actions"; and select "import vehicle order".
4. Enter the 15-digit IBAC code.
5. After the VO is written successfully to the car, the session will be ended.
6. Start a new session on the vehicle and proceed.
For a more detailed description of the procedure, refer to the attachment.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 293
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 294
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 295
Attachment B090110.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 170107 Date: 100601
Cooling System - Long Term Coolant Service Information
SI B 17 01 07
Cooling Systems
June 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B17 01 07 dated October 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant: Maintenance, Repairs, and Replacement Requirements
MODEL
2003 E85 (Z4)
2004 and newer, all models
INFORMATION
The cooling systems for the BMW vehicles listed above must only be filled with a long-term ethylene glycol antifreeze/coolant solution containing
corrosion inhibitors that are compatible with aluminum components.
Engine Antifreeze/Coolants for BMW vehicles have four basic functions:
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 296
^ Help provide sufficient cooling;
^ Help provide the cooling system with protection against winter freeze-ups and summer boilovers;
^ Protect various metals (gray cast iron, steel, aluminum alloys, brass, copper, and solder) against corrosion; and
^ Prevent excessive silicate gel precipitation, which may cause clogging of the cooling system.
[NEW] Coolant System Repairs
In conjunction with any major repairs where aluminum or metal cooling system components are replaced (e.g., radiator, cylinder head), drain and
completely replace the long-term antifreeze/coolant. These components require corrosion protection that is only available with new long-term
antifreeze/coolant.
For all other repairs involving the draining of partial quantities of coolant (e.g., thermostat replacement), replenish those drained quantities with new
long-term antifreeze/coolant. It is important, in order to maintain corrosion protection, not to reuse any drained coolant. Always recycle or properly
dispose of used engine coolant.
Initial Filling at the Factory and Refilling
The antifreeze concentration of the coolant installed at the factory is valid for all areas of the U.S. and Canadian markets. This should be checked
before the beginning of each winter for sufficient protection against freezing. An antifreeze tester is required to correctly determine the level of
antifreeze concentration.
[NEW] Refer to SI B17 01 06 and SI B17 01 10 (or REP 17 00 039) for more details on refilling the coolant system.
Diluted or Contaminated Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant
The corrosion inhibitors of long-term and short-term antifreeze/coolants do not work together, so it is not advisable to mix the two products.
Topping off a long-term antifreeze/coolant solution with a short-term antifreeze/coolant solution dilutes the level of corrosion protection. In an
emergency situation, when long-term antifreeze is not available, top off with water until a long-term antifreeze/coolant is obtained. Since adding
water will dilute the level of antifreeze protection, always remember to check and adjust the antifreeze concentration as necessary after such
situations.
The color of BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant is blue; however, the colors of other locally available long and short-term coolants vary. These
colors include green, orange, pink, red, or yellow. Mixing BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant with these different colors and types of
antifreeze/coolants can result in a discolored solution in the cooling system. If a discolored antifreeze/coolant solution is found in the cooling system,
determine the cause, repair the vehicle as needed, and, if necessary, replace the antifreeze/coolant completely to ensure adequate corrosion
protection.
BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant Chemistry
Long-term antifreeze/coolants utilize Organic Acid Technology (OAT). OAT-type antifreeze/coolant solutions use organic acid salts in place of the
inorganic corrosion inhibitor additives found in traditional short-term antifreeze/coolants. OAT-type corrosion inhibitors are slower-acting, last
longer, and provide excellent long-term corrosion protection for various coolant system aluminum and metal components, along with no required
change interval.
BMW's Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant (82 14 1 467 704) is a Hybrid OAT (HOAT) solution, since it also has added silicates to provide quick-acting
protection for aluminum surfaces. Silicates help repair surface erosion caused by cavitation in the water pump.
BMW's Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant does not contain nitrites or phosphates and has been formulated to prevent excessive silicate gel precipitation,
significantly reducing the possibility of harmful deposit formation.
BMW Antifreeze/Coolant Maintenance Summary
BMW's Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant can be used for all model years; however, its use does not eliminate or supercede a stated change interval.
Always maintain the antifreeze/coolant in accordance with the cooling system maintenance requirements outlined in the corresponding vehicle's
Service and Warranty Information Booklet.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 297
The summary above details the BMW conversion, by model year (MY) and model, to a long-term antifreeze/coolant solution.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the BMW Maintenance Programs.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 000702 Date: 090201
Maintenance - Condition Based Service (CBS) Overview
SI B 00 07 02
Maintenance and General Hints
February 2009
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B00 07 02 dated November 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Condition Based Service
MODEL
[NEW] All models with Condition Based Service
SITUATION
This information is intended to provide a general system overview of Condition Based Service (CBS), which is an advanced development of the
previous Service Interval Indicator systems.
CBS measures, monitors and determines the required maintenance of several service items independently of each other. This technology prompts the
customer to bring the vehicle in for service whenever one of the CBS items requires maintenance or replacement. CBS strikes a compromise between
too frequent maintenance intervals and too rigid service intervals that call for the replacement of service items that may still have substantial
remaining useful life. CBS also details the recommended, due, and overdue required maintenance during and after the BMW Vehicle Maintenance
Program Agreement.
[NEW] For details of CBS service items and maintenance intervals, refer to the vehicle and model year specific Service Information bulletins
entitled "New Vehicle Preparation and Maintenance Requirements" located in Group 00 or the relevant Owner's Manual.
SERVICE RECOGNITION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 298
The vehicle recognizes when a service is required using the following three methods:
A. Adaptive, using sensor technology and algorithms to determine the required maintenance of a service item depending upon the individual
customer driving style. For example:
^ Oil change is determined from the engine oil condition sensor which monitors the oil condition, oil level, and oil temperature, and from
additional algorithms using these parameters: engine load, fuel consumption, time and distance since the last oil change.
^ [NEW] Microfilter replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version).
^ Replacements of front and rear brake pads are determined from 2-stage brake lining wear sensors located on the left front and right rear brake
pads, and from residual wear algorithms using these input parameters: travel distance, wheel speed, braking pressure, braking time, and
braking frequency.
B. Fixed Time (months) to determine the required maintenance of a service item. For example:
^ Brake Fluid and Engine Coolant changes.
^ State Safety and Emissions Inspections.
C. Fixed Distance (miles) to determine the required maintenance of a service item. For example:
^ Vehicle Check.
^ [NEW] Spark plug replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version)
^ [NEW] State Safety and Emissions inspections
D. [NEW] Connected to Oil Service, based on which oil service being performed. For example:
^ Spark plug replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version)
^ Air filter
^ Automatic transmission fluid
^ Microfilter replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version)
[NEW] SERVICE INDICATION (EXCEPT E65 AND E66)
The service indicators are displayed in two possible locations inside the vehicle:
1. Instrument Cluster
The Instrument Cluster CBS display uses two separate displays:
^ A colored symbol in the center upper display:
^ Orange for normal
^ Yellow for service due
^ Red for service overdue
^ The remaining distance display is in the center lower display.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 299
The illustration shows the CBS Display in the Instrument Cluster.
(1) The CBS symbol in center upper display
(2) The remaining distance display in the center lower display
(3) The Next Service Due date information in the center lower display
2. Central Information Display (CID)
For vehicles with a CID, the CID can display all information on the individual service operations. The CBS functions are stored in the "Settings"
menu item and can be used exclusively for individual user settings.
Press the controller down in the main menu and the "Settings" menu will appear.
Turn the controller until "Service" is highlighted, then press to activate the CBS menu.
The CBS menu window will appear and is divided into the following control and display fields:
^ Status bar
^ First menu bar
^ Second menu bar
^ Display field for CBS symbol
^ Display field for service operation.
[NEW]
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 300
For vehicles with a CIC (Car Information Computer): from the start screen, select Vehicle Info / Vehicle status / Service required.
[NEW]
The Service required screen displays all the maintenance items and their current status.
[NEW] PROCEDURE TO VIEW OR RESET SERVICE ITEMS IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EXCEPT THE E65 AND E66)
1. Turn ignition to Terminal 15.
2. Press and hold the Instrument Cluster Set/Reset button for 10 seconds.
3. The upper display in the Instrument Cluster will be illuminated with a Service Item (example: An oil can is the designation for Oil Service). The
lower display in the Instrument Cluster will indicate the remaining time or mileage left for that Service Item (example: 14000). Pressing the button
repeatedly will allow the display to scroll through all of the Condition Based Service Items.
4. Press and hold the Instrument Cluster Set/Reset button again and the lower display screen will indicate "OK" or "DUE".
5. Pressing the Instrument Cluster Set/Reset button again will allow the "RESET" to appear in the lower window for that service. Releasing and
reapplying the button one more time will reset the service displayed in the upper window only. Repeat the procedure for any additional service reset
needs.
Note:
The CBS service items for both State Vehicle Safety Inspection and State Emissions Inspection cannot be viewed in the Instrument Cluster. These
State Inspections can be viewed on the CBS Menu in the Control Display or by DISplus / GT1.
[NEW] PROCEDURE TO RESET THE CBS DISPLAY BMW GROUP DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (EXCEPT THE E65 AND E66)
Using the [NEW] BMW diagnostic system, the CBS Reset sets the selected service item to 100% (full service interval) and displays a service
counter indicating how many times the service item has been reset.
The CBS reset procedure is found under: Diagnosis - Function Selection - Service Functions - Maintenance - CBS Reset - Test Plan. Then highlight
the listed procedure and press the bottom right corner green arrow to the right.
Note:
The original value of the individual CBS service item will be deleted during the reset procedure.
The next screen offers 3 selection menus:
The next screen offers 4 selection menus:
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 301
E65 AND E65 SERVICE INDICATION
The service indicators can be displayed in three different locations inside the vehicle:
A. The Service Need Display (SBA) , located in the Instrument Cluster under the Speedometer, is the evolution of the SIA4 Service Interval Display.
When the ignition (KL15 Terminal) is on, the SBA appears briefly. The first line specifies the mileage range before the next service is due. The
second line, displayed by a clock symbol, specifies the time range before the next service is due. If service is overdue, a minus sign ("-") will appear
with the overdue mileage or time.
For example: The next mileage-dependent service item is due in 350 miles and the next time-dependent service item is due in 14 months.
B. The Check Control Display located in the Instrument Cluster under the tachometer.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 302
For example: If either the front or rear brake linings are worn, the following is displayed:
^ "Service, see Vehicle menu" is displayed in the Check Control Display. For more detailed information, the user can access the CBS Menu in the
Control Display.
^ The general brake warning lamp and the variable control lamp illuminate in the Instrument Cluster.
^ The variable control lamp shows the symbol of a car on a lifting platform in the bottom center of the Instrument Cluster.
C. The CBS Menu in the Control Display provides additional information on any required service. The CBS Menu can be accessed by doing the
following:
^ Select the "Car Data" menu using the controller.
^ After releasing the controller or returning to the central position, the "On-board Data" menu appears.
^ Turn the controller until the Vehicle Symbol (bottom left) is highlighted.
^ Confirm the selection by pressing the controller.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 303
^ Turn the controller until Service (top left) is highlighted.
^ Confirm the selection by pressing the controller.
^ The CBS menu appears with the service items.
The service items are displayed in three different colors:
1. Green - No service is currently required.
2. Yellow - Service deadline is approaching (please see the above table: "Yellow" Interval Before Service Is Due).
3. Red - Service deadline has already passed (overdue).
To display the information of a service item, turn the controller to select the item and confirm the selection by pressing the controller.
E65 AND E66 PROCEDURE TO RESET THE CBS DISPLAY USING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The CBS Reset procedure enables resetting of the individual service item. After a service has been performed, the service item must be reset to
100% (full service interval). To reset a service item:
1. Insert the Remote Control into the Ignition Lock.
2. Press the Start/Stop Button once (KL 15 is "ON") with foot off the Brake Pedal.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 304
3. Press and hold the Reset Button located on the upper left side of the Instrument Cluster for about 5 seconds.
4. Release the Reset Button when a 4-line menu appears inside the Speedodometer display. At the top line is the "Back" function, followed by the
first 3 service items. The menu will list the service items sorted by priority of the service due.
Note:
If the Reset Button is held too long and not released when the above 4-line menu appears, the system will go into Instrument Cluster Test Functions:
01 Identification
02 System test
03 Not used
04 Consumption
To exit Test Functions, remove the Remote Control from the Ignition Lock and repeat steps 1 through 4 above.
5. Tap the Reset Button or the lower FAS Button located in the side of the Turn Signal/High Beam Stalk to view the next service items in the menu.
6. Select the Service Item with "!" or "-" by tapping the Reset Button or the lower FAS Button.
7. Press and hold the Reset Button for a few seconds to display a 2-line menu in the Tachometer.
The third menu line will appear to confirm if the reset is successful. The nominal interval for the service item will also be highlighted in the Service
Need Display (SBA), located under the Speedometer in the Instrument Cluster.
[NEW] E65 AND E66 PROCEDURE TO RESET THE CBS DISPLAY USING BMW DIAGNOSTIC TESTER
Using the [NEW] BMW diagnostic tester, the CBS Reset sets the selected service item to 100% (full service interval) and displays a service counter
indicating how many times the service item has been reset.
The CBS reset procedure is found under: Diagnosis - Function Selection - Service Functions - Maintenance - CBS Reset - Test Plan. Then highlight
the listed procedure and press the bottom right corner green arrow to the right. The original value of the individual CBS service item will be deleted
during the reset procedure.
The first vital step of the reset procedure is to verify the DISplus or GT1 correct date and time: "Are the current date and time correct?" This is
important for time and distance-based service items that are managed by the Instrument Cluster, because the internal vehicle trip odometer and
vehicle data will be synchronized with the internal Tester data. Confirm by either pressing Yes or No (if required, correct date and time in Main
Menu - Administration - DIS - Date/Time). Then select the bottom right corner green arrow to the right.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 305
The next screen offers 3 selection menus shown above.
The next screen offers 4 selection menus shown above.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 642105 Date: 100501
A/C - Compressor Noise Troubleshooting
SI B 64 21 05
Heating and Air Conditioning
May 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B64 21 05 dated May 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Troubleshooting Air Conditioning Compressor Noise
MODEL
All
SITUATION
A high percentage of air conditioning compressors which are returned under warranty for complaints of noisy operation have been found to be
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 306
non-defective.
PROCEDURE
[NEW] This procedure only applies to compressor noise diagnosis that does not require a DIAGCODE as per SI B01 01 10. For these vehicles,
complete the mechanical diagnosis test plan in ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application). This test plan can be found by performing a text
search using the search term "M6450", or by selecting the following path: "Function structure / Body / Heating and Air Conditioning systems" and
"Start search".
In order to assist with the diagnosis of noisy compressors, a "Check Sheet" has been developed to assist the workshop with gathering information
from the customer to ensure proper diagnosis the first time. Please return this "Check Sheet" with any replaced compressor.
Check to see whether a relevant fault symptom is available, using fault symptom diagnosis. Refer to SI B64 04 07 for more information on how to
access fault symptom troubleshooting.
If no fault symptom is available, please use the attached "Compressor Noise Diagnosis" chart when diagnosing any air conditioning compressor
noises.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 307
view PDF attachment B642105Customer_Checksheet.
view PDF attachment B642105Diagnosis_Flowchart.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 841503 Date: 100401
BMW Assist(R) - Initialization Of Services
SI B 84 15 03
Communication Systems
April 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 15 03 dated May 2008.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 308
SUBJECT
Initialization of BMW Assist Services
MODEL-CDMA (VERIZON WIRELESS)
E60, E61 (5 Series) from SOP to 3/08
E63, E64 (6 Series) from SOP to 3/08
E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/05 production
E70 (X5) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from SOP to 4/08
E71 (X6) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from SOP to 4/08
E82, E88 (1 Series) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from SOP to 3/08
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from SOP to 3/08
MODEL-GSM (AT&T WIRELESS)
E60, E61 (5 Series) from 3/08
E63, E64 (6 Series) from 3/08
E70 (X5) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from 4/08
E71 (X6) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from 4/08
E82, E88 (1 Series) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from 3/08
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) from 3/08
E89 (Z4) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist) from SOP
F01, F02 (7 Series) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist) from SOP
F07 (5 Series Gran Turismo) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist) SOP
SITUATION
In order for BMW Assist services to function properly, an initialization procedure must be performed to activate these functions on the vehicle.
Important Information:
Starting with March 2008 production vehicles (E70 and E71 4/08) except for the E65, E66, E83 and E85, the CDMA based Telematics Control Unit
(TCU) will migrate to a GSM-based control unit. The wireless carrier for the GSM-based module is AT&T Wireless.
^ CDMA: Code Division Multiple Access uses the Advanced Mobile Phone System (AMPS) as a back up. As of February 18, 2008, Verizon
Wireless decommissioned its AMPS service, as allowed by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC).
^ GSM = Global System for Mobile communications
Starting from April 1, 2005, all eligible vehicles processed at the Vehicle Processing Centers have BMW Assist already initialized before they reach
your BMW center. Therefore it is no longer necessary to perform this procedure during the QC1 on these vehicles. However, initialization will still
be necessary in cases with the following scenarios:
^ If the TCU is replaced on any vehicle (except pre-3/05 production E65 and E66 vehicles);
^ E65, E66, E90, and E91 vehicles from 3/05 to 8/05 production if the TCU is programmed;
^ E60, E61, E63, and E64 vehicles from 7/03 to 8/05 production if the TCU is programmed;
^ If BMW Assist services are reactivated (except pre-3/05 production E65 and E66 vehicles); and E70 (X5) vehicles not delivered with BMW
Assist services initialized.
E70 (X5) vehicles built prior to 4/2/2007 production may have been delivered to your center without the BMW Assist services initialized. All E70
(X5) vehicles built prior to 4/2/2007 production must have the status of BMW Assist initialization checked as part of the Quality Certification (QC1)
on all E70 vehicles. Refer to SI B84 63 06 for additional information.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 309
Note:
All X5 vehicles produced after April 2, 2007 have BMW Assist initialized at the plant. It is NOT necessary to check the status of BMW Assist on
any X5 produced after April 2, 2007.
BMW ASSIST CUSTOMER CARE
BMW Assist Customer care is available Monday through Friday from 7:00 AM to 11:00 PM CT, and on Saturdays from 8:00 AM to 9:00 PM CT.
The Telematics Analyst at BMW NA handles escalated issues and can be reached Monday through Friday from 8:00 AM to 4:30 PM ET.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Procedure
PROCEDURE
Before this procedure can be performed, the following preconditions must be met:
^ The BMW Handover Inspection must be carried out to ensure that the proper phone numbers are entered into the Telematics Control Unit (TCU).
Refer to SI B84 14 01.
^ The vehicle must be parked outside, with the key on and an unrestricted line of sight to the sky for proper Global Positioning System (GPS)
reception. GPS signal acquisition may take up to 15 minutes.
^ After programming and/or coding of the vehicle, turn the key off and let the vehicle enter sleep mode (4 minutes). If the optional CPT9000
handset has been installed, remove the handset from the eject box before turning the vehicle off.
^ Transport mode deactivated.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 310
^ No vehicle should be displayed or sold, nor the "SOS" button be pressed, until this procedure is successfully completed as described below.
^ A vehicle that has not been provisioned will not make a 911 call (since 3/04) and does not have e-911 permission.
^ Non-provisioned e-calls are directed to a hotline number at the service provider. If the SOS button is pressed without the system being initialized,
the call will be initiated but the vehicle will not transmit any vehicle data.
^ Non-provisioned e-calls are voice-only without data transmission.
Enabling/Initializing BMW Assist/Roadside Assistance/SOS Call
ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST
^ E60 and E61 (5 Series)
^ E63 and E64 (6 Series)
^ E70 (X5)
^ E71 (X6)
^ E82 and E88 (1 Series) with CCC
^ E90, E91, E92, and E93 (3 Series) with CCC
1. Press the "Menu" button and ensure that the Central Information Display (CID) is set to the basic menu screen.
2. Press down briefly on the controller to enter the "Settings" menu.
3. Scroll down to "Communication Interface" and select.
4. The "Assist Settings" menu will then be displayed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 311
5. Select "BMW service settings".
6. Select "Service Status".
7. Select "Enable services" ("Update services" if this is a second attempt to initialize).
Note:
"Terminate Services" is not an option and will NOT be displayed on vehicles equipped with a GSM TCU.
8. A box will then be displayed on the CID with a bar graph and the following messages:
^ "Establishing connection"
^ "Data exchange active"
^ "Data exchange completed"
9. Data exchange can take 3-8 minutes.
10. Do not turn off the ignition.
11. Please wait until the initialization process has been completed successfully.
12. If the message "Data transmission failure. Call BMW Customer Relations" appears, do not call Customer Relations; instead, refer to the
"Troubleshooting" section of this Service Information bulletin.
13. After successful initialization, please check the following:
^ On CCC-equipped vehicles, the "Service status" screen is displayed with the services checked (minimum requirement for QC1 completion). The
"Update services" selection is displayed.
^ The "Terminate Services" selection is displayed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 312
^ As of March 1, 2004, all of the services will be checked off when performing the initialization.
Note:
Terminate Services" is not an option and will NOT be displayed on vehicles equipped with a GSM TCU.
14. After successful initialization, please check the following:
^ On M-ASK and CHAMP-equipped vehicles, the "Service Status" screen is displayed with all the available Assist services listed (minimum
requirement for QC1 completion).
^ As of March 1, 2004, all of the available services will be listed when performing the initialization.
15. On vehicles equipped with CCC (Car Communication Computer), there may be extra settings in the "Service Status" menu that will not be used
at this time. These may include:
^ Traffic Info
^ My Info
^ Where to go?
^ Floating Car Data FCD
ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST
^ E82 and E88 (1 Series) without CCC
^ E90, E91, E92, and E93 (3 Series) without CCC
1. Press the "MENU" button above the radio rotary knob.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 313
2. Rotate the rotary knob until "ASSIST" is highlighted, and press the rotary knob briefly.
3. Once within the BMW Assist menu, press the button under "SET".
4. Turn the rotary knob until "SETUP" is highlighted, and press the rotary knob briefly to start the initialization.
5. The display will now show the % (progress) of the initialization.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 314
6. The initialization process will take approximately 2 minutes. The process is complete when "complete" is displayed.
7. The word "complete" will only be displayed for about 5 seconds after the initialization is finished.
8. Once the initialization is completed (100%), the display will show the various functions enabled by BMW Assist.
9. If an error message is displayed and BMW Assist cannot be initialized, follow the troubleshooting section of this Service Information bulletin.
ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST FOR THE E65 AND E66 (7 SERIES) FROM 3/05
1. Press the "MENU" button and ensure that the Control Display is set to the basic menu screen.
2. Starting from the basic menu, slide the controller towards "BMW Assist".
3. Rotate the controller to select "Status" and push the controller down.
4. Rotate the controller to select "BMW Assist" and push the controller down.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 315
5. Rotate the controller to select "INITIALIZE" and push down on the controller.
6. The message "Initializing, please wait....50%" will be shown (progress is shown in increments of 10%).
7. Please do not turn off the ignition while the initialization/update process is running!
8. The functions which are enabled have the boxes checked off. This serves as a confirmation that BMW Assist has been successfully initialized.
9. If the message "An error has occurred during the initializing. Would you like to call the operator?" is displayed, follow the troubleshooting section
of this Service Information Bulletin.
[NEW] ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST
^ 2009 and later 1 Series (E82, E88) with iDrive
^ 2009 and later 3 Series (E90, E91, E92, E93) with iDrive
^ 2010 and later 5 Series (E60, E61)
^ 2010 and later 6 Series (E63, E64)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 316
^ 2009 and later 7 Series (F01, F02)
^ 2010 and later 5 series 550 GT (F07)
^ 2009 and later Z4 (E89) with iDrive
^ 2010 and later X5 and X6 with iDrive
1. Accept the Disclaimer message if it is displayed.
2. If the "Main menu" is not displayed, press the "MENU" button next to the iDrive.
3. Scroll down and select "BMW Assist".
4. Select "Activate BMW Assist".
5. "Transferring data" will be displayed as BMW Assist services are initialized.
6. Note: If the message appears "Data Exchange Not Enabled", do not call Customer Relations, but instead refer to the "Troubleshooting" section of
this VDC Bulletin.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 317
7. Note: his most likely occurs if there is a break in the signal or the automatic data transmission call.
8. Once BMW Assist is initialized, "BMW Assist active" will be displayed.
9. Follow supplemental laptop procedure to put TCU to "Sleep".
10. Disconnect the laptop.
11. The vehicle can either be moved, or the battery main Switch can be activated.
Test the BMW Assist service for proper operation by placing a test call (press the SOS button or via the iDrive in the BMW Assist menu). Make
sure that the BMW Assist Response Center has received the correct MIN/MDN, VIN and location of the vehicle. Have the representative update his
or her records as needed.
Roadside Assistance call
^ Go back to the Main menu by pressing the "Menu" button.
^ Select the "Communications" menu.
^ Select "BMW Assist".
^ Select "Roadside Assistance" and then select "Start service".
^ Once a connection has been established, speak to the representative, identify yourself and tell the representative, "This is a BMW test call".
^ Verify that the correct MIN/MDN, VIN and location of the vehicle have been transmitted to the representative. Verify that the audio to and from
the representative is OK (you can hear the representative and the representative can hear you). Once this is verified, ask the representative to end
the call. Do not turn off or leave the car until the message "End call successful" appears.
"SOS" call
^ Press the "SOS" button in the overhead console to place a test emergency call.
^ Once the connection has been established, please identify yourself and tell the representative "This is a BMW test call." Verify that the correct
MIN/MDN, VIN and location of the vehicle have been transmitted to the representative. Verify that the audio to and from the representative is
OK (you can hear the representative and the representative can hear you). Once this is verified, ask the representative to end the call. Do not turn
off or leave the car until the message "End call successful" appears.
^ Do not press the "SOS" button and leave the vehicle, since local emergency services will be dispatched if voice communication is not established.
If no voice communication is established, call BMW Assist Customer Care immediately at (888) 333-6118, option 4, to cancel the dispatch.
Disabling BMW Assist/Troubleshooting
DISABLING BMW ASSIST
If the customer does not want BMW Assist and has completed a BMW Assist Waiver Form with the client advisor, then BMW Assist may be coded
out of the vehicle.
1. The Telematics functionality of the TCU must be deactivated via Progman.
2. Refer to the retrofits section of SI B09 05 01 and select "Active/Deactivate Telematics". This will add "+TELD" to the vehicle order. Follow the
onscreen prompts to complete this procedure.
3. This will eliminate BMW Assist as a selectable option in the radio, Control Display (CD) or Central Information Display (CID). This means the
option "Enable Services" will no longer be a selectable option.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 318
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. If the initialization procedure has been successfully completed, but the transmitted data is different than the data on file at the BMW Assist
Response Center:
^ CDMA: Obtain the Mobile Identification Number (MIN), Mobile Device Number (MDN) and Electronic Serial Number (ESN). Refer to the
"Obtaining ESN, MIN and MDN or IMEI and ICC-ID " section of this bulletin for the procedure.
^ Contact BMW Assist by calling. The BMW Assist Customer Care representative will reconcile the transmitted data against the data on file.
Please wait one hour before attempting re-initialization.
^ GSM: Obtain the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) and the Integrated Circuit Card ID (ICC-ID). Refer to the "Obtaining ESN,
MIN and MDN or IMEI and ICC-ID " section of this bulletin for the procedure.
^ Contact BMW Assist by calling. The BMW Assist Customer Care representative will reconcile the transmitted data against the data on file.
Please wait one hour before attempting re-initialization.
2. If the initialization procedure has failed and the message "Data transmission fault, Call Customer Relations" is displayed, check and perform the
following:
^ Turn the ignition off for 16 minutes and allow the vehicle to enter sleep mode. Then turn the ignition on and try initializing BMW Assist services
again.
^ Note: If the vehicle is equipped with an optional CPT9000 handset or a snap-in adaptor for a Bluetooth(R) handset, remove the handset from
the cradle.
^ Ensure that the vehicle has been parked outside, with the key on, and has an unobstructed line of sight to the sky in order to receive a proper GPS
signal. GPS signal acquisition may take up to 5 minutes.
^ The ability to view the signal strength of the BMW Assist Network Access Device (NAD), either in the radio or Central Information Display
(CID), was eliminated on vehicles from 09/05 production. Refer to SI B84 05 07 (Checking NAD Signal Strength for BMW Assist). If necessary,
drive the vehicle to a location with adequate cellular reception.
^ If all the above items are OK, try parking the vehicle in a different location. Let the vehicle enter sleep mode and repeat the initialization
procedure.
^ If the procedure still fails, the problem may be that the BMW Assist coding bit in the Telematics Control Module (TCU) is not correct. Code the
TCU using the latest version of Progman. Then repeat the initialization procedure.
^ If the procedure still fails, use DIS/GT1 to enter the TCU "Control Module Functions"; select "Component Activation" and select "Control Unit
reset". Make sure the results screen shows the reset procedure as being activated. Turn the vehicle off for 16 minutes and let the vehicle enter
sleep mode. Repeat the initialization procedure.
^ If the procedure still fails, using BMW Diagnostic Tools obtain the information below:
^ CDMA vehicles: Electronic Serial Number (ESN), Mobile Identification Number (MIN) and Mobile Device Number (MDN). Refer to the
"Obtaining ESN, MIN and MDN or IMEI and ICC-ID " section of this bulletin for the procedure.
^ GSM Vehicles: International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) and the Integrated Circuit Card ID (ICC-ID). Refer to the "Obtaining ESN,
MIN and MDN or IMEI and ICC-ID" section of this bulletin for the procedure.
3. If further technical support is needed, create a PuMA for further assistance. When creating a PuMA case, advise the technical support
representative whether this is a single vehicle or if multiple vehicles at the center are experiencing the same error(s).
Obtaining The ESN, MIN, And MDN Or IMEI And ICC-ID
OBTAINING THE ESN, MIN AND MDN OR IMEI AND ICC-ID
Use the path below within BMW Diagnostic Tools with DIS V53 or higher to obtain the ESN, MIN and MDN or IMEI and ICC-ID numbers.
1. Perform a Short Test.
2. Function Selection
3. Complete vehicle
4. Body
5. Audio, video, navigation (MOST)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 319
6. Telecommunication/Telephone
7. Fixed Installation (This selection is omitted on 3 Series vehicles without CCC.)
8. Telematic Control Module (US) Note: This step is deleted in DIS V46 on some models.
9. Overview, telephone data
10. Select the test module (Overview, telephone data B8400_10002).
11. Select "Concise".
12. Print the screen to record the ESN, MIN & MDN (CDMA) or IMEI and ICC-ID (GSM).
ADDITIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION
1. For further troubleshooting, refer to the attached Troubleshooting Guide.
2. Refer to the attached list of BMW centers that are outside the Verizon Wireless Network.
3. BMW Assist relies on the Verizon Wireless and AT&T Wireless networks for communication between the vehicle and the BMW Assist response
center. Occasionally there may be network problems which prevent the vehicle from being properly initialized. A DCS message will be released
when there is an extended outage, to keep you informed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 320
VEHICLES OUTSIDE OF THE VERIZON WIRELESS NETWORK
^ The vehicle must be in the Verizon Wireless Network for the initialization procedure to work properly. If the vehicle is not in the Verizon
Wireless Network, perform the outlined procedure and then follow these additional steps. For a complete list of BMW centers outside of the
Verizon Wireless network, refer to the attachment B841503_Centers_Outside_of_Verizon_Coverage.
^ Create a PuMA case to receive TCU shipping authorization.
^ Remove the TCU from the vehicle.
^ Send the TCU and a copy of the PuMA case via FedEx to:
BMW of North America, LLC
Attn: Body Electrical Group (BMW Assist Initialization B84 15 03)
^ BMW of North America, LLC will initialize the TCU and ship it out on the same business day that it was received.
^ After receiving the TCU from BMW of North America, reinstall the TCU and place a BMW Assist call.
^ All shipping charges (both ways) are to be billed to the dealer's FedEx account. On the warranty claim, submit the FedEx shipping charges
(double the amount provided to you in the PuMA case to cover shipment both ways) in the sublet section (using sublet code 4).
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # NHTSA10V331000 Date: 100721
Recall 10V331000: Fuel Gauge Sender Defect
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S):
BMW/5-Series 2010-2011
BMW/5-Series Gran Turismo 2010-2011
MANUFACTURER: BMW of North America, LLC
MFR'S REPORT DATE: July 21, 2010
NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V331000
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A
COMPONENT: Fuel System, Other: Storage: Fuel Gauge System
POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 6080
SUMMARY:
BMW is recalling certain 2010 and 2011 5-Series and 5-Series Gran Turismo passenger vehicles manufactured from January 12 through July 1,
2010. The vehicle's fuel level sensor within the fuel tank can become wedged against the tank.
CONSEQUENCE:
If this occurs, the fuel gauge in the instrument cluster would display a larger amount of fuel than was actually in the tank. As a result, if the tank
became empty, the vehicle could stall increasing the risk of a crash.
REMEDY:
BMW has not yet provided the agency with a remedy plan and notification schedule. Owners may contact BMW at 1-800-525-7417.
NOTES:
Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153),
or go to http://www.safercar.gov.2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 120907 Date: 100401
Engine - MIL ON/ Various VANOS Related Codes Stored
SI B 12 09 07
Engine Electrical Systems
April 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B12 09 07 dated March 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 321
SUBJECT
Service Engine Soon Lamp Illuminated: S85 - Various VANOS-related Faults Stored
MODEL
E60 (5 Series) M5 from start of production
E63 and E64 (6 Series) M6 from start of production
SITUATION
The Service Engine Soon lamp may be illuminated in addition to a rattle and/or whining noise, which may be heard from the front of the engine.
Loss of oil pressure in the VANOS high pressure oil supply circuit will cause the VANOS units to ineffectively adjust the cam timing. The following
fault will be stored when a loss of oil pressure is detected:
27B6 VANOS oil pressure - No pressure
One or more of the following faults can also be found when loss of pressure is encountered. FC27B6 must be stored in the DME memory before
continuing with the procedure outlined below.
271A VANOS control, intake bank 1 - Actual value too high
271B VANOS control, exhaust bank 1 - Actual value too low
271C VANOS control, intake bank 2 - Actual value too low
271D VANOS control, exhaust bank 2 - Actual value too low
CAUSE
^ The internal VANOS oil supply line, P/N 11 36 7 838 669, may rupture, resulting in an internal leak in the engine crankcase.
^ Incompatible tolerances in the VANOS high pressure pump
PROCEDURE
Perform Test Plan "B1215_M65VAR-VANOS control, cylinder bank 1/2", using ISID.
1. Once the test plan has been entered, select "3. Perform VANOS System test".
2. Select "2. Measure VANOS Oil Pressure".
Note:
The ISID Test Plan procedure and Repair Instruction RA 11 36 512 advises you to use the 2G 400 pressure transducer, which is superseded by the
IMIB 100 bar pressure transducer. Disregard the 400 bar pressure transducer statements.
IMIB 100 bar pressure transducer
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 322
Connection Overview
Special Tool 11 5 361 (1)
Special Tool 11 4 310, pressure adaptor (2); refer to SI B04 07 10 for more details.
IMIB 100 bar pressure transducer (3)
IMIB 100 bar pressure transducer cable (4)
Note:
The IMIB 100 bar pressure transducer tightening torque is 25Nm.
[NEW] Connect the IMIB 100 bar transducer to port 5 (1) of the IMIB, using one of the auxiliary cables marked A5E01034069, supplied with the
IMIB.
[NEW] Oil Pressure Adapter Set P/N 83 30 0 495 130
This tool includes 11 5 361, 11 5 362 and 11 5 363.
Refer to SI B04 18 05 for more details.
3. Measure VANOS high pressure", checking the oil pressure of the VANOS Adjustment Unit (S85), as directed by Repair Instruction RA 11 36
512 for additional details.
Note:
Please ensure that the pressure line is capped with the special tools required to eliminate a pressure leakage in one or both of the VANOS Units.
4. After the Test Plan has been completed, turn off the engine and record the residual pressure still remaining in the VANOS system after
approximately 10 seconds.
5. If the test plan does not complete successfully with a pressure reading above 60 bar, or the residual pressure bleeds off completely (zero bar) after
turning engine off, then proceed to step 7.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 323
6. If the Test Plan completes with positive results above 60 bar, then the problem is either intermittent, or one of the VANOS adjustment units may
be defective. Do not replace the VANOS pump or pressure lines. Reconnect the high pressure line to both VANOS units, and return to step 5 above.
Select "1 Perform system test for VANOS". Follow the procedure in the Test Plan and replace the components as directed.
7. Refer to Repair Instruction RA 11 36 140, Removing and installing / replacing VANOS high-pressure pump (S85), to access the pump and high
pressure line.
8. The VANOS high pressure lines will be pressurized in the next steps, using the special tool 64 5 120 pressure hose and gauge set. Refer to SIB 04
24 08 for additional tool information.
9. Connect the nitrogen bottle (1) to the gauge set.
Pressure regulator (2)
Pressure decay gauge (3)
10. With the VANOS pump removed, install special tool PN 83 30 2 152 290 (1) on the high pressure line (2) with the existing seal rings and banjo
bolt (3).
Torque the banjo bolt to 25 Nm.
Connect the pressure line from the special tool (4). Refer to SI B04 40 08 for additional tool information.
11. Ensure that the regulator (1) is backed off and the flow shutoff valve (2) is closed. Open the nitrogen bottle valve slowly. Open the valve (2) to
the full open position. Note: the valve is shown in the closed position. Apply the test pressure of 8 bar (116 psi) slowly by turning the pressure
regulator (1) clockwise.
12. If leakage is heard inside the engine, stop immediately and check your connections. If all connections are correct, then the internal VANOS high
pressure line has ruptured and will need to be replaced. Do not replace the VANOS High Pressure Pump. If no leakage is heard, continue to step 16.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 324
13. Once the test pressure of 8 bar (116 psi) is reached, close the valve (2). Back off the regulator (1) and close the nitrogen bottle valve.
14. Check the leak tightness of the testing apparatus and of the connections at the adapters. Monitor the pressure over a period of 20 minutes. The
maximum allowable pressure loss is 1.5 bar, giving a minimum reading of 6.5 bar. If there is a pressure loss of greater than 1.5 bar, this indicates that
there is a leak in the internal VANOS high pressure line. Release the residual pressure from the line, using the pressure relief valve.
15. Remove the internal supply line in accordance with Repair Instruction RA 11 36 109. Inspect the line for damage. If damage (1) can be clearly
seen, then replace the line with P/N 11 36 7 838 669 in accordance with Repair Instruction RA 11 36 109.
16. If damage cannot be clearly seen, then re-pressurize the system after the new line has been installed, to ensure that the problem has been
rectified. Refer to Step 12 for pressurizing procedures.
17. If no pressure loss is detected during the 1st attempt, replace the VANOS High Pressure Pump with P/N 11 36 7 837 595, in accordance with
Repair Instruction RA 11 36 140.
PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 325
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 090409 Date: 100501
Computers/Control - Loading/Activation Of Enabling Codes
SI B 09 04 09
Programming/Coding Explanations
May 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B09 04 09 dated April 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Enabling Codes
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Enabling Codes are needed for certain module replacements, retrofits, crashed modules or during the QC1 Pre-Delivery Check. This bulletin gives a
general overview of Enabling Codes, which parts are affected, and how to load and activate Enabling Codes.
WHAT ARE FSC ENABLING CODES?
The abbreviation FSC stands for Freischaltcode, which is the German translation for Enabling Code. These codes are used to enable hardware or
software in our vehicles to protect unauthorized access to various vehicle functions. These codes are ordered via the EPC and delivered through the
Sweeping Technology system, SWT.
WHY DO WE NEED ENABLING CODES?
Hardware activation:
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 326
With the introduction of the Night Vision System in March 2006, Enabling Codes were first used in a BMW vehicle to activate the components
(Camera and control module) in the vehicle. These codes are the result of a legal requirement, because of strict conditions applying to the use of this
Night Vision technology. With Enabling Codes, BMW could ensure that the system can only be used in the registered vehicle.
Software activation:
Enabling Codes allow BMW to develop new business models like software as a product. This means that the hardware functionality is already in the
vehicle, but is not usable by the customer until he or she purchases and enters the Enabling Code into the vehicle. The first use of the software
Enabling Codes was in the CCC (Car Communication Computer) in March 2007. Enabling Codes protected the speech recognition software within
the CCC.
WHICH SYSTEMS OR CONTROL MODULES REQUIRE ENABLING CODES
^ CCC head unit
^ CIC head unit
^ CIC navigation road map
^ NiVi (Night Vision) camera or control module
^ SDARS (Satellite radio)
^ BMW Performance Power Kit retrofit
^ Future applications
WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF ENABLING CODES?
1. "INITIAL" Enabling Code*
2. "REPAIR" Enabling Code*
3. "RETROFIT" Enabling Code (Customer pay)
4. "UPDATE" Enabling Code (Customer pay)
* Supplied free of charge
WHICH CODE IS NEEDED AT QC1?
Order an INITIAL navigation map Enabling Code.
All 3/2010 or later vehicles with navigation (option 609) will require an Enabling Code to activate the navigation map for the first time.
The code is entered when running the QC1 test module. No programming is required.
For more detail, refer to SI B65 30 09.
WHICH CODE IS NEEDED FOR A REPAIR OR PARTS REPLACEMENT?
Order the REPAIR Enabling Code directly in ASAP. Refer to the attachment how to order and retrieve Enabling Codes in ASAP.
Depending on the vehicle system, there are a number of different procedures:
CCC: Order a REPAIR Enabling Code any time a CCC is replaced in order to activate SVS. The Enabling Codes are shown in the EPC. For details,
refer to SI B09 02 07. Only for E60 vehicles produced between 9/2003 and 12/2003: submit a PuMA case to request the REPAIR Enabling Codes.
CIC: Order REPAIR Enabling Codes any time a CIC is replaced in order to activate SVS and the navigation system. For details, refer to SI B65 28
08.
NiVi: These REPAIR codes are supplied automatically with the parts when ordered. These codes are supplied on a CD and come with the camera or
control module.
SDARS (from 9/09): Order REPAIR Enabling Codes any time an SDARS component (CIC, RAD2+, etc.) is replaced.
DME with Power Kit upgrade: Order a REPAIR Enabling Code any time a DME is replaced.
WHICH CODE IS NEEDED FOR A RETROFIT INSTALLATION?
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 327
Order the RETROFIT Enabling Code.
Depending on the vehicle system, there are a number of different procedures:
BMW Performance Power Kit Retrofit: This RETROFIT code is ordered via the EPC. The CD key is delivered to the dealer in a red envelope that is
supplied as part of the retrofit kit. Instructions for obtaining the RETROFIT Enabling Code are described in the installation instructions in ASAP
(Refer to Parts Information bulletin 11 06 09).
SDARS Retrofit: Instructions for obtaining the RETROFIT Enabling Code are described in the installation instructions in ASAP (refer to Parts
Information bulletin [NEW] 65 02 10).
WHICH CODE IS NEEDED FOR AN UPDATE INSTALLATION?
Order the UPDATE Enabling Code for a Navigation Road Map Upgrade (installing a map update): Instructions for obtaining the UPDATE Enabling
Code are described in the installation instructions in ASAP (Refer to Parts Information bulletin 65 03 10). Installation is also described in SI B65 38
09.
INFORMATION ON LOADING ENABLING CODES
Please follow the procedures below to load and activate the Enabling Codes with ISTA/P. Refer to the attached documents for detailed information
and screenshots. Refer to SI B09 05 09 to determine which Enabling Code is needed for which function and/or component.
Module Replacement Procedure
^ ISTA/P will ask you to import codes depending on option codes and the replaced module. For details on unidentified which code is being
requested by ISTA/P, please see SI B09 05 09.
^ Request and download "REPAIR enable codes" in ASAP.
Retrofit Procedure
^ Order codes as listed in the installation instructions and/or EPC (it may take up to 24 hours to generate codes); Note: Codes expire after 30 days.
^ ISTA/P will ask you to import codes.
^ Download the RETROFIT codes in ASAP, at which point the retrofit will be charged to the dealer.
Crashed Module Procedure
^ ISTA/P will ask you to import codes depending on which module crashed. For details on the unidentified which code is being requested by
ISTA/P, please see SI B09 05 09.
^ Request and download "repair enable codes" in ASAP.
^ Try to import and activate in another ISTA/P session.
^ If those codes don't work, open a PuMA case to generate new codes.
QC1 with Navigation (SA 609) Procedure
^ Refer to SI B65 30 09 (no programming required).
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you don't receive the ordered code or have problems using the code, check the following:
1. That the correct VIN (Vehicle Identification Number) was used for the order check the VIN on the vehicle, not the Repair Order.
2. That the correct ordering instructions were followed refer to earlier sections of this Service Information.
3. The correct dealer number was used. If your dealer has multiple locations and dealer numbers, you must make sure your Parts department orders
the codes under the same dealer number that you enter into ASAP to download the codes.
4. That the correct code was ordered for the situation with which you are dealing.
^ INITIAL Code for CIC Road Map Enabling during QC1
^ REPAIR code for vehicle repair or parts replacement
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 328
^ RETROFIT code for a new installation in a vehicle
^ UPDATE Code for CIC Road Map Upgrade.
5. NOTE - If you order the wrong code and the code carries a cost, your dealership will be billed when the code is downloaded.
6. The date when ordered, because the Enabling Codes have a shelf life of 30 days.
7. If the wrong dealer code was used, or the wrong part number was ordered in the case where the message "No delivery possible please check part
number" is displayed.
8. If the wrong part number code was ordered in the case that the "pdf" file was not received when ordering an INITIAL code for the Navigation
road map at QC1.
9. If the vehicle was swapped from another dealer who had ordered but not downloaded the Enabling Code. The ordering dealer must cancel the
previous order.
10. If the same code for the same VIN was ordered twice in the same order - submit a PuMA case requesting assistance.
For further details on importing these codes into ISTA/P, please see CenterNet under: BMW./ Aftersales Portal / Service, Workshop Technology /
Vehicle Programming.
If after following all these steps additional support is required, please submit a PuMA case using "FSC Support Requested" in the subject line.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
B090409Attachment.pdf describes how to load the codes from ASAP into ISTA/P.
B090409SWT_Info.pdf provides a more detailed description of how to get the codes from ASAP.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 329
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 330
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 331
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 332
view PDF attachment B090409Attachment.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 333
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 334
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 335
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 336
view PDF attachment B090409SWT_Info.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 653009 Date: 100401
Navigation System - Initialization Procedure
SI B 65 30 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
April 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 30 09 dated January 2010.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
[NEW] Enabling Code FSC/SWT - Enabling the Navigation System Map at QC1
MODEL
[NEW] All models produced from January 2010 on with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
SITUATION
The navigation system is inoperative unless the map is enabled during the QC1 Pre-Delivery Check.
[NEW] INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 337
New vehicles come equipped with a navigation road map (PREMIUM 2010) that must be enabled via an enabling code (FSC). This process is part
of the new QC1 Pre-Delivery Check performed with the ISID (ISTA Diagnosis).
IMPORTANT:
There is no programming involved!
[NEW] PROCEDURE
Enabling the navigation map at QC1 requires the use of an "INITIAL" enabling code.
Note:
In order to avoid unnecessary delays in the QC1 process, order this "INITIAL" enabling code at least 24 hours before performing QC1. This code is
valid for 30 days, after which it is automatically deleted. Unlike other enabling codes, these "INITIAL" codes are available free of charge from the
Parts department (nominal charge $.01). The part number for the "INITIAL" enabling code is published in the EPC. It must be ordered as a coded
part via the parts ordering process.
The delivery of the enabling code takes place in the After Sales Assistance Portal (ASAP).
Note:
If a BMW center has two dealer numbers, when retrieving the enabling code, be sure to use the same dealer number that your Parts department used
when the original order was placed.
Procedure for ordering and downloading the initial enabling code:
Refer to attachment A.
Procedure for activation of the navigation system map using ISTA:
Refer to attachment B.
For a general overview on the enabling code ordering and downloading process, refer to SI B09 04 09.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Since this process is part of the new QC1 Pre-Delivery Check, no additional warranty costs can be claimed.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 338
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 339
view PDF attachment B653009_Attachment_A.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 340
view PDF attachment B653009_Attachment_B.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # NHTSA10V446000 Date: 100930
Recall 10V446000: Brake Booster Contamination
VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S):
BMW/5 Series 2004-2009
BMW/5-Series 2010
BMW/6 Series 2004-2010
BMW/7 Series 2002-2008
MANUFACTURER: BMW of North America, LLC
MFR'S REPORT DATE: September 30, 2010
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 341
NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V446000
NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A
COMPONENT: Service Brakes, Hydraulic: Power Assist: Vacuum
POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 198352
SUMMARY:
BMW Is recalling certain model year 2004-2010 5-Series, 6-Series, and model year 2002-2008 7-Series vehicles. A check valve of the brake
vacuum pump may leak a small amount of lubricating oil. Over time this could result in contamination of the brake booster.
CONSEQUENCE:
Power assist braking performance could be adversely affected. In extreme cases there could be a complete loss of power assist braking. An
unexpected reduction or loss in power braking assist may increase the risk of a crash.
REMEDY:
The manufacturer has not yet provided a remedy or an owner notification schedule for this campaign. Owners may contact BMW at
1-800-525-7417.
NOTES:
Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153),
or go to http://www.safercar.gov.2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 640910 Date: 100901
A/C - Revised Refrigerant/Compressor Oil Reuse Statement
SI B 64 09 10
Heating and Air Conditioning
September 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Refrigerant and Compressor Oil Reuse
MODEL
All
SITUATION
The A/C compressor test plans state "the extracted refrigerant must not be reused". This statement is incorrect.
CAUSE
Incorrect statement in the A/C compressor test plan.
INFORMATION
The extracted refrigerant can be reused. The test plan statement should read "the extracted compressor oil must not be reused". This statement will
be corrected in a future version of ISTA.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 520810 Date: 100801
Interior - One Touch Memory Function Information
SI B 52 08 10
Seats
August 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Front Seats: One Touch memory Function
MODELS
All models
SITUATION
There may be some confusion as to the operation of the "one touch memory function", when requesting a saved seat position. In most cases the
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 342
operation is normal. This service information bulletin will clarify the normal operation below.
INFORMATION
When using the seat memory, there are two options for requesting a successfully saved seat position from the vehicle, depending on the operating
mode.
1. With the vehicle unlocked and terminal 15 off, press the desired memory button once, briefly. The seat moves to the stored position. This is
considered the "one-touch function".
2. With the vehicle unlocked and terminal 15 on (ignition on or while driving): the desired memory button must be pressed and held until the seat
moves to final stored position. Under all circumstances, avoid moving the seat to a position which is uncomfortable for the driver while the vehicle is
in motion. This situation does not allow the "one-touch function".
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 521309 Date: 101001
Interior - Front Seat Noise Symptom Diagnostics
SI B52 13 09
Seats
October 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B52 13 09 dated October 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Front Seat Noise Symptom Diagnosis
MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)
E70 (X5)
E71 (X6)
F01, F02 (7 Series)
[NEW] INFORMATION
With the release of ISTA D2.22.17, front seat noise symptom diagnosis has been integrated into the diagnostic software.
PROCEDURE
Perform a "Vehicle test" and diagnose any related faults. In order to access fault symptom troubleshooting, follow the path as outlined below:
1. Select "Fault pattern" while on the "Fault memory" screen.
2. Select "06 Body" from the "Level 1" column.
3. Select ""0613 Seats" from the "Level 2" column.
4. Select "Accept fault pattern" and the screen will revert back to the "Level 1 screen".
5. Select "Calculate test schedule".
6. [NEW] Select "ABL AM5201_00012 - Front seats, interference noises" and "Display"
7. Please observe the notes and safety information when performing repairs on the front seats.
8. Select one of the following selections in order to start seat noise diagnosis:
1. Front seat makes creaking/cracking noise under varying load (cornering, braking, and accelerating)"
2. [NEW] Front seat rattles when driving over uneven road surfaces, passenger's seat rattles when not subjected to load"
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 343
3. [NEW] "Leather upholstery makes creaking noise"
4. [NEW] "Noise from electrical seat adjustment"
5. [NEW] The cover behind the head restraint, squeaks/cracks when slight pressure is applied (if cover present)"
6. [NEW] "Noises from a fan of the active seat ventilation"
9. [NEW] If there are any errors in the content of the test plan, please submit diagnosis feedback within ISTA. Refer to SI B07 06 08 for more
information on diagnosis feedback.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840906 Date: 100701
Cell Phone - Bluetooth(R) is Inoperative
SI B 84 09 06
Communication Systems
July 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 09 06 dated October 2007.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Bluetooth(R) Inoperative, TCU FC # A379 or 79
MODEL
E46 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 9/04 production (325i/iA from 10/04 production)
E53 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 10/04 production
E60, E61 (5 Series) from 9/04 production
E63, E64 (6 Series) from 9/04 production
E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/05 production
E70 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639)
E83 (X3) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639) from 9/04 production
E85, E86 (Z4) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639) from 10/04 production
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639)
SITUATION
An approved Bluetooth?enabled handset does not connect/bond to the vehicle.
The Telematics Control Unit (TCU) has one of the following fault codes stored in the fault memory:
^ A379 (Error in Bluetooth-Interface)
^ 79 (Error in Bluetooth-Interface)
CAUSE
Conflict between handset and TCU
COMPATIBLE HANDSET INFORMATION
Before the complaint can be addressed, the particular handset must be verified for compatibility. On vehicles equipped with BMW Assist with
Bluetooth?wireless technology, confirm whether or not the phone is compatible. Visit the website for a list of handsets that have passed BMW
testing for compatibility. Note the following disclaimer on this website:
^ "This list is provided for reference only. The mobile phones listed here have passed compatibility tests as of the date of testing and meet or
exceed minimum standards established by BMW. The list is not a warranty for phone performance or functionality. BMW makes no guarantees
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 344
or warrantees as to the performance of each phone while connected to your BMW via Bluetooth Wireless Technology. Furthermore, software
releases by BMW, the phone supplier or the wireless carrier dated after testing might alter compatibly results. While many phones are offered
with Bluetooth Wireless Technology, not all phones support the necessary profiles to work with your BMW. BMW does not guarantee
availability or functionality with all wireless carriers. Functions such as synchronizing the address book and transferring a call into or out of the
vehicle may function differently from phone to phone".
PROCEDURE
On an I/K-bus vehicle (e.g., E46, E53, E83, E85, etc.):
1. Verify the customer's complaint.
2. Perform a short test with BMW diagnostic tools, using DIS software V51 or higher.
3. Perform test module B8400_00123 for the Bluetooth antenna. Does the Bluetooth antenna circuit pass the test module?
^ If no, diagnose and repair the Bluetooth antenna circuit. Then retest the system for the customer's complaint.
^ If yes, proceed to step 4.
4. Delete the paired devices from the handset.
5. Delete the paired devices from the TCU.
^ Select "Control Unit functions".
^ Select the "TCU".
^ Select "keypad handset Bluetooth mobile".
^ Select "number of Bluetooth devices" and press "Display".
^ The number of paired devices will be displayed (this is the total number of devices that have been previously paired to the vehicle).
^ Select "Delete list of Bluetooth devices" and press "Activate".
^ Select "number of Bluetooth devices" and press "Display" (this should now display "0").
^ Turn the ignition off for two minutes.
6. Pair a (reference) compatible handset known to work to the vehicle, following the procedure outlined in SI B84 13 04 (BMW Assist with
Integrated Bluetooth).
^ If the known (reference) handset does NOT pair to the vehicle, proceed to step 8.
^ If the handset pairs to the vehicle, allow the phone book to complete downloading.
7. Place a phone call using the vehicle controls. Does the system operative correctly?
^ If yes, pair the customer's compatible handset and retest the system for the customer's complaint.
^ If no, continue normal diagnosis. This Service Information bulletin is not relevant to the customer's complaint.
8. Does the TCU have fault code # 79 (Error in Bluetooth-Interface) stored in the fault memory?
^ If no, continue normal diagnosis. This Service Information bulletin is not relevant to the customer's complaint.
^ If yes, check the fault frequency and note down the number of times the error occurred. Work through the test module as outlined in steps 9,
10, and 11.
9. Clear the fault and reference the information below about fault code 79.
^ Fault code 79 is an erroneous fault unless it is currently present.
^ The fault is only relevant if it has occurred more than 15 times.
10. After deleting the fault, try to pair the customer's handset to the vehicle.
^ If the handset does not pair to the vehicle, proceed to step 11.
^ If the handset pairs correctly to the vehicle and the system operates correctly, release the vehicle back to the customer.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 345
11. Pair a (reference) compatible handset known to work with the vehicle following the procedure outlined in SI B84 13 04 (BMW Assist with
Integrated Bluetooth).
^ If the known (reference) handset does NOT pair to the vehicle, proceed to step 12.
^ If the handset pairs to the vehicle, allow the phone book to complete downloading.
12. Place a phone call using the vehicle controls. Does the system operative correctly?
^ If yes, pair the customer's compatible handset and retest the system.
^ If no, continue normal diagnosis. This Service Information bulletin is not relevant to the customer's complaint.
13. If the handset still does not pair to the vehicle, the TCU is defective. Refer to the "TCU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE" section of this
bulletin.
On a MOST-bus vehicle (e.g., E60, E63, E65, E70, E90, etc.):
1. Verify the customer's complaint.
2. Delete the paired devices following the "PROCEDURE - DELETING PAIRED DEVICES" section of this bulletin.
3. Turn the ignition off for four (4) minutes.
4. Pair a (reference) compatible handset known to work to the vehicle, following the procedure outlined in SI B84 13 04 (BMW Assist with
Integrated Bluetooth).
If the known (reference) handset does NOT pair to the vehicle, proceed to step 6.
If the handset pairs to the vehicle, allow the phone book to complete downloading.
5. Place a phone call using the vehicle controls. Does the system operative correctly?
If yes, pair the customer's compatible handset to the vehicle. Then retest the system for the customer's complaint.
If no, continue normal diagnosis. This Service Information bulletin is not relevant for the customer's complaint.
6. Perform a short test with BMW diagnostic tools, using DIS software V51 or higher.
7. Perform test module B8400_00123 for the Bluetooth antenna. Does the Bluetooth antenna circuit pass the test module?
If no, diagnose and repair the Bluetooth antenna circuit. Then retest the system for the customer's complaint.
If yes, proceed to step 8.
8. Does the TCU have fault code # A379 (Error in Bluetooth-Interface) stored in the fault memory?
^ If no, continue normal diagnosis. This Service Information bulletin is not relevant to the customer's complaint.
^ If yes, check the fault frequency and note down the number of times the error occurred. Work through the test module as outlined in steps 9,
10 and 11.
9. Clear the fault and reference the below information about fault code 79.
^ Fault code A379 is an erroneous fault unless it is currently present.
^ The fault is only relevant if it has occurred more than 15 times.
10. After deleting the fault, try to pair the customer's handset to the vehicle again.
^ If the handset does not pair to the vehicle, proceed to step 11.
^ If the handset pairs correctly to the vehicle and the system operates correctly, release the vehicle back to the customer.
11. Pair a (reference) compatible handset known to work with the vehicle following the procedure outlined in SI B84 13 04 (BMW Assist with
Integrated Bluetooth).
^ If the known (reference) handset does NOT pair to the vehicle, proceed to step 13.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 346
^ If the handset pairs to the vehicle, allow the phone book to complete downloading. Proceed to step 12.
12. Place a phone call using the vehicle controls. Does the system operate correctly?
^ If yes, pair the customer's compatible handset and retest the system.
^ If no, continue normal diagnosis. This Service Information bulletin is not relevant to the customer's complaint.
13. If the handset still does not pair to the vehicle, the TCU is defective. Refer to the "TCU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE" section of this
bulletin.
PROCEDURE - DELETING PAIRED DEVICES
Deleting paired devices on MOST-bus vehicles with a CD/CID (e.g., E60, E63, E65, E70, E90, etc.)
1. Turn the key on.
2. Press the "Menu" button and ensure that the Central Information Display (CID) is set to the basic menu screen.
3. Press down briefly on the controller to enter the iMenu.
4. Scroll down to "Communication settings" and select.
5. Select "Bluetooth" and press the controller.
6. Select "Phone" and press the controller.
7. "Bluetooth connectable in this menu" is displayed, along with a list of previously paired devices.
8. One at a time, select each handset listed in the device list and press down on the controller. A pop-up menu will be displayed asking if you want
to delete the device. Select "yes".
9. Turn the ignition off and wait for the MOST-bus to enter sleep mode (approximately 4 minutes).
10. Delete all Bluetooth devices from the handset's Bluetooth device list. Refer to the handset's owner's manual or the handset manufacturer's
website for details on how to perform this procedure.
Deleting paired devices on MOST-bus vehicles with a RAD2 (e.g., E90, E91, E93)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 347
1. Turn the key on.
2. Press the "MENU" button.
3. Turn the right knob to highlight "Phone".
4. Press the function button under "Phone".
5. "Searching for paired devices" is displayed.
6. Press the function button under "BT".
7. Using the right knob, select each device from the
previous paired device list and then press the function button under "DELETE".
8. Turn the ignition off and wait for the MOST-bus to enter sleep mode (approximately 4 minutes).
9. Delete all Bluetooth devices from the handset's Bluetooth device list. Refer to the handset's owner's manual or the handset manufacturer's website
for details on how to perform this procedure.
TCU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 348
1. The route cause of the problem is under analysis; please refer to SI B84 23 05 (Enhanced Support for BMW Assist Telematics Control Unit
(TCU) with Bluetooth & CPT9000 Phone Systems) prior to replacing the TCU.
2. Refer to TIS (RA 84 11...) for the TCU replacement procedure.
3. Before installing the new TCU, remove one copy of the Electronic Serial Number (ESN) label and place it on the repair order for reference
during warranty claim entry. You will be asked for the new TCU "ESN" when submitting a claim via DCSnet. Refer to SI B01 10 05 for more
details.
4. The second ESN label of the TCU should be affixed over the existing label in the Owner's Manual insert (P/N 01-49-0-157 963).
5. Complete the TCU installation.
6. Using Progman V27.01.00 or higher, program the complete vehicle. Refer to SI B09 05 01 "Coding, Individualization and Programming",
Procedure A.
7. On E60, E61, E63, E64, E65 (from 3/05), E66 (from 3/05), E70, E90, E91, E92, and E93 vehicles: Initialize BMW Assist, following the
procedure as outlined in the "INITIALIZATION OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.
8. Test BMW Assist by following the procedure outline in the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.
INITIALIZATION OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES
1. The BMW Assist services initialization procedure must be completed per SI B84 15 03 for all vehicles.
^ The vehicle must be in the Verizon Wireless Network for the initialization procedure to work properly. If the vehicle is not in the Verizon
Wireless Network, perform these additional steps.
^ Create a PuMA case to received TCU shipping authorization.
^ Remove the TCU from the vehicle.
^ Send the TCU, BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form with the new MIN/MDN numbers, and a copy of the PuMA case via FedEx to:
[NEW] BMW of North America, LLC
Engineering Center - TeileClearing TCU
200 Chestnut Ridge Rd.
Woodcliff Lake NJ 07677
^ BMW of North America, LLC will initialize the TCU, and ship it out on the same business day it was received.
^ After receiving the TCU back from BMW of North America, reinstall the TCU and place a BMW Assist call, as outlined in the "Testing of
BMW Assist services" section of this bulletin.
^ [NEW] All shipping charges (both ways) are to be billed to the dealer's FedEx account. On the warranty claim, submit the FedEx shipping
charges (double the amount provided to you by TeileClearing TCU to cover shipment both ways) in the sublet section (using sublet code 4).
2. Test BMW Assist by performing the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.
TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES
Test the BMW Assist service for proper operation by placing a test call (press the Roadside Assistance "Wrench" button). Make sure the BMW
Assist Response Center has received the correct MIN/MDN/VIN and location of the vehicle. Have the representative update his or her records, as
needed.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 349
^ If a TCU is replaced on a vehicle with an inactive BMW Assist account and a BMW Assist call is made, the call will be routed to an automated
system until the TCU is deactivated.
^ For customers who would like to renew BMW Assist services, refer to SI B84 22 05 (Reactivation of BMW Assist Services).
If the connection is established but voice communication is not established, call BMW Assist Customer Care immediately, option # 4 to cancel the
dispatch. Failing to call will result in local emergency services being dispatched to your location.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 350
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 351
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 352
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651810 Date: 101001
Audio - iPod/iPhone(R) Poor Audio Quality/No Recognition
SI B65 18 10
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
October 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
iPod/iPhone Has Extremely Poor Audio Quality and/or Is Not Recognized
MODEL
All models
Produced between 02/28/2007 and 10/31/2010 with option 6FL (USB Audio Interface)
SITUATION
When the iPod/iPhone is connected to the USB connector with the original Apple USB cable (white cable which comes with the iPod/iPhone):
^ The audio quality may be extremely poor
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 353
^ The device may not be recognized intermittently
CAUSE
1. Defective Apple USB cable or defective 30-pin socket on the iPod/iPhone
2. Defect in the USB audio interface (ULF, hands-free charging module integrated in the CIC)
CORRECTION
Cause 1:
Check the function with an Apple USB cable known to work properly; if it is still acting the same way, test the original Apple USB cable with an
iPod/iPhone known to work properly.
If both tests do not resolve the issue, follow the procedure outlined for Cause 2.
Cause 2:
1. Connect a BMW approved battery charger and perform a vehicle test using the latest ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application) diagnostic
software.
2. Diagnose any relevant faults that are stored by completing the test plans.
3. Perform and complete the test plan "AT8400_SYSTEL - Check of telecommunications system". Please note the DIAGCODE (Diagnosis Code)
presented at the end of the test plan. The test plan can be accessed via the following path:
^ Select "Activities\Information Search/Function structure\Body\Audio,Video,Navigation, Telephone (MOST ring)\Telecommunications" and start
search.
^ In Telecommunications, select "AT8400_SYSTEL - Check of telecommunications system" and press "Display".
^ Follow the on-screen instructions to work through the test plan.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle/SAV Limited Warranty as applicable.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 840410 Date: 101001
Cell Phone - Bluetooth Compatibility Information
SI B84 04 10
Communication Systems
October 2010
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 354
Technical Service
SUBJECT
General Bluetooth Information
MODEL
All vehicles with option 644 or 639
SITUATION
The customer experiences termination of the Bluetooth connection during telephone calls; a switch to Privacy mode; or faults during the telephone
book transfer for no apparent reason. Some customers might experience voice quality issues in the car or on the landline side.
CAUSE
The terminal device (mobile phone) is most likely not 100% compliant with the BMW Assist Bluetooth hands-free kit.
PROCEDURE
To check restrictions for the customer's terminal device (mobile phone), please refer to the following web site:
www.bmwusa.com/bluetooth
The attachment provides instructions on how to use and interpret the website.
Important note:
Only BMW tested phones are displayed on the web site. A variety of other Bluetooth phones is compatible with the BMW Assist hands-free kit but
not tested by BMW. In those cases, please assist the customer in pairing the phone - if the phone still doesn't work with the hands-free kit, inform the
customer about Bluetooth compatibility issues. Please send a feedback to:
Bluetooth.Feedback@bmwna.com
Containing information about the phone model (exact model code), used software version, network provider, details about the complaint (vehicle
status, phone status, performed action).
If the encountered issues on a BMW tested phone differ from the information provided on the website, please perform diagnostics with the ISTA
workshop system and follow the test plan.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 355
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 356
ATTACHMENT - PROCEDURE
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 652403 Date: 100801
Restraint System - Passenger Airbag Status Lamp Info.
SI B 65 24 03
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
August 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 24 03 dated November 2006.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Passenger Airbag Status Lamp
MODELS
All models with a Passenger Airbag Status Lamp
INFORMATION
This bulletin is intended to address customer questions you may receive regarding operation of the Passenger Airbag Status Lamp, once the customer
has consulted the Owner's Manual.
The Passenger Airbag Status Lamp is installed to meet a National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) regulation and, except for in the
Z4, is located in the headliner near the interior light (the E60 installation is shown in the illustration). On the Z4, the status lamp is located on the
center console.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 357
The Passenger Airbag Status Lamp illuminates to show that the front passenger airbag is OFF (not active).
[NEW] For an overview by vehicle, refer to the attachment "POL matrix"
[NEW] For E60, E65 and E66 to 9/04; E83 to 9/05; E85 to 10/04; and F01 and F02 to 9/09 with the 0C3 (pressure-sensing) occupancy mat,
the lamp is illuminated:
^ With the ignition in the "ON" position AND the passenger seat unoccupied
^ With the ignition in the "ON" position AND when a child in a rear-facing child restraint system is recognized
^ [NEW] With the ignition in the "ON" position AND the passenger airbag deactivation switch in the "OFF" position (E85 only).
The lamp illuminates briefly during start-up and stays illuminated if a child in a rear-facing child restraint system is recognized or if the passenger
seat is unoccupied. The lamp goes out if an adult or a child of sufficient size is recognized.
[NEW] For all vehicles with the 0C3 (pressure-sensing) occupancy mat except those stated above, the lamp is illuminated:
^ With the ignition in the "ON" position AND when a child in a rear-facing child restraint system is recognized
^ With the ignition in the "ON" position AND the passenger airbag deactivation switch in the "OFF" position (E85 and E86 only).
The lamp illuminates briefly during start-up and stays illuminated if a child in a rear-facing child restraint system is recognized. The lamp goes out if
an adult or a child of sufficient size is recognized, or if the passenger seat is unoccupied.
[NEW] For all vehicles with the CIS (capacitive-sensing) occupancy mat, the lamp is illuminated:
^ With the ignition in the "ON" position AND the passenger seat unoccupied
^ [NEW] With the ignition in the "ON" position AND when a child in a child restraint system is recognized.
The lamp illuminates briefly during start-up and stays illuminated if a child in a child restraint system is recognized. The lamp goes out if the
passenger seat is occupied, regardless of the size of the individual (no child restraint system).
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 358
view PDF attachment
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 630201 Date: 100801
Light Bulb - Replacement Guidelines
SI B 63 02 01
Lights
August 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B63 02 01 dated March 2001.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Light Bulb Replacement - Incandescent and Halogen Light Bulbs
MODEL
ALL excluding Xenon light bulbs and light-emitting diodes (LEDs)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 359
[NEW] SITUATION
Functional testing of incandescent and halogen light bulbs replaced under warranty and returned to the Warranty Parts Return Center (WPRC) along
with the analysis of light bulb claim data shows that some of these light bulbs are:
^ Being replaced unnecessarily;
^ Incorrectly handled during a previous repair or replacement; or
^ Not replaced, as a set, when they should have been
This can result with unnecessary additional warranty costs, service visits and reduced customer satisfaction.
Note:
The situation above does not apply to Xenon bulbs that may only be replaced as instructed after running the corresponding ISTA test plan.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
When replacing incandescent and halogen light bulbs, always follow the guidelines listed below:
1. Before replacing these light bulbs, confirm that they are defective (most times a broken filament can be seen visually). If there is no visual
confirmation, test the bulb using a multimeter or 12-volt power supply with a suitable bulb holder to confirm that the bulb is defective.
2. A failed light bulb with distinctly "blackened" glass indicates a failure. In situations where the failed vehicle bulb as a "twin" with the same
function (for example, left and right parking lights), replace the other bulb as well if it also found to be "blackened" in the same way.
3. Only replace light bulbs when the lighting system is switched off or when the vehicle is powered down.
4. Do not touch any bulb glass directly with your fingers - this will cause local overheating spots and premature bulb failure. The best practice is to
hold the bulb using a clean cloth or while wearing clean gloves. Clean off any dirty bulbs as necessary.
5. Before installing the replacement light bulb, check the bulb holder contacts for traces of oxidation and clean if necessary. Check for adequate
contact force.
6. In cases where a vehicle has had repeated light bulb failures, check the wiring system supply voltage using ISTA diagnosis.
7. Use only genuine BMW replacement light bulbs sourced through the BMW NA Parts department to help avoid bulb compatibility issues.
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
The bulb replacement reason including the applicable guidelines listed above must be stated on the repair order and in the corresponding claim
comment section.
Please follow the standard warranty parts documentation and retention procedures for all bulb replacement repairs.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 130506 Date: 100801
Fuel System - BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus Info.
SI B 13 05 06
Fuel System
August 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B13 05 06 dated September 2006.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Recent field experiences have shown a significant increase in various drivability complaints due to excessive carbon deposits in engines combustion
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 360
chambers on the intake valves and fuel injectors.
The overall rise in carbon deposit accumulation is generally attributed to poor gasoline quality; namely, a low level of cleaning additives and fuel
contamination.
TECHNICAL BACKGROUND
Combustion chamber deposit formation is a by-product of the gasoline burning process. Fuel injector and intake valve deposits may become less
troublesome with the recently introduced Top Tier Detergent Gasoline deposit control standards, which are exceeding the detergent requirements
imposed by the EPA in 1995.
However, vehicles that do not exclusively use a Top Tier Detergent Gasoline or are regularly driven under severe conditions, such as stop-and-go
traffic, high ambient temperatures and high altitude, can experience performance problems caused by intake system and combustion chamber
deposits.
The most common customer complaints may include:
FUEL INJECTORS
Deposits at the injector's tip can impact fuel flow, upsetting the air/fuel mixture ratio.
Symptoms:
^ Hesitation or stumble during acceleration or even loss of power
^ Poor fuel efficiency
^ Increased emissions of HC and CO
^ "Service Engine Soon" lamp illumination due to intermittent misfire faults or lean mixture adaptation values.
INTAKE VALVES:
Deposits at the valves and on the intake manifold ports can absorb fuel during the warm-up phase, leaning out the air/fuel mixture ratio. Carbon
buildup may disturb mixture flow at low throttle conditions/idle speeds.
Symptoms:
^ Poor drivability
^ Loss of power
^ Unstable/rough idle
^ Increased emissions of HC, CO and NOx
^ "Service Engine Soon" lamp illumination due to intermittent misfire faults.
COMBUSTION CHAMBER:
Combustion Chamber Deposit Interference, or CCDI, occurs when there is contact between carbon deposits on the piston crown and cylinder head.
The noise can be confused or misdiagnosed as ping, knock or other noises that could indicate a mechanical failure. CCDI occurs first as a cold start
noise that can fade as the engine warms to operating temperature. The noise will reoccur at the next cold start. As deposits build, there is an increase
in compression temperature that may cause pre-ignition detonations.
Symptoms:
^ Knocking
^ Pinging
^ Run-on
^ Poor acceleration
^ Octane requirement increase
^ Increased emissions of NOx
^ Engine idle speed surges.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 361
Depending on the manufacturer, fuels may contain various additives such as: oxidation and corrosion inhibitors, metal deactivators, emulsifiers,
anti-icing agents and dyes. They are also required to include some form of an intake system deposit control package. Unfortunately, not all fuels are
created equal, and some additive packages are not effective enough to maintain integrity of the intake systems in high performance engines, or
engines operating under severe environmental conditions. Even worse, the intake system deposit control additives in some fuels may actually
contribute to the combustion chamber deposit accumulation and to the problems associated with those deposits: knock, run-on and increased
emissions of oxides of nitrogen.
RECOMMENDATION
BMW recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline with a minimum octane rating of AKI 91 and with alcohol content of less then 10% by
volume (or any other oxygenates with up to 2.8% of oxygen by weight). Only the exclusive use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline provides the full
benefit of reducing deposit formation. For more information related to TOP TIER Gasoline, refer to SI B13 02 06.
If the TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is unavailable, we recommend that BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus (P/N 82 14 0 413 341) be added to
the gas tank. For optimum cleaning and deposit control, add a 20 fl. oz. bottle every 3,000 miles when refueling.
Regular use of BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus can help address carbon deposits related to the symptoms listed above. By removing these
deposits, an engine may experience restored power, performance and fuel efficiency; a smoother idle running; lower emissions; and reduced octane
requirement.
BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus uses polyether amine TECHRONreg;-based technology developed and patented by Chevron. BMW Group
Fuel System Cleaner Plus has proven to clean up deposits in fuel injectors, ports and intake valves, and reduces the harmful effects of combustion
chamber deposits. It helps restore performance lost due to deposit buildup.
Chevron and BMW have run extensive "no harm" tests with polyether amine technology. When used as directed, it will not harm catalytic converters
, oxygen sensors, or any other mechanical components of the engine or fuel delivery system.
The effectiveness of the additive depends on its presence in the gasoline in large concentrations for short periods of time. One treatment is usually
sufficient, but a second treatment (one 20 oz. bottle per each consecutive full tank of gas) may give additional benefits. To keep your fuel intake
system clean, we recommend usage at every 3,000 miles.
Additionally, the vehicle's fuel sending units, equipped with silver-plated resistor card/contacts, are especially vulnerable to attacks by the elemental
sulfur and/or hydrogen sulfide found in fuels. Adding BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus immediately upon noticing erratic fuel gauge behavior
may, in many cases, restore proper performance due to the additive's ability to remove the harmful sulfur compounds from the sending unit's contact
surface. Additionally, BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus can help protect the fuel gauge from future malfunctioning by coating all metal
surfaces of the fuel system.
BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus.
P/N 82 14 0 413 341
1 bottle, 20 fl. oz.
Order in multiples of 6 bottles per case.
[NEW] Note:
BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus is the only BMW approved in-tank additive. Using non-approved fluids or tools can lead to premature
component failure and will not be covered under Warranty.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
[NEW] Because carbon deposit buildup is related to fuel quality, it cannot be considered as a defect in the vehicle's materials or workmanship.
Consequently, usage of BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus is not covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 362
maintenance plan or the Certified Pre-Owned program.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651010 Date: 101001
Audio Sys. - USB Functions Inop. and DTC's DE4E And 9308
SI B65 10 10
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
October 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
USB Audio Functions Delayed After Vehicle Start
MODEL
All models
Produced between 01/17/2010 and 03/14/2010 with option 6FL (USB Audio Interface)
SITUATION
Intermittently the USB audio functions (iPod/iPhone, MP3 player) are inoperative for the first 3 minutes after the vehicle is started. Fault codes
DE4E and 9308 are stored in the ULF module.
This behavior happens more often during higher ambient temperatures.
CAUSE
Hardware failure in the ULF (hands-free charge module)
CORRECTION
Perform diagnostics using the latest ISTA version and work through any related test module(s).
Replace the ULF module and program the vehicle.
Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.
For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.
PARTS INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 363
WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 661010 Date: 101001
Accessories - Integrated Univ. Remote Control Diag. Tips
SI B66 10 10
Distance Systems, Cruise Control, Remote Control
October 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Diagnosis Tips - Integrated Universal Remote Control (UGDO)
MODEL
All with option code 319 (Universal garage door opener)
SITUATION
The Integrated Universal Remote Control (UGDO) is located in the interior mirror and is typically used for controlling garage door openers.
Most interior mirrors replaced for UGDO complaints are without fault when tested. This Service Information provides diagnostic tips in order to
avoid unnecessary mirror replacement.
INFORMATION
Information on the HomeLink(R) UGDO can be found at www.homelink.com/home.php. Direct the customer to this excellent resource if diagnosis
at the dealership indicates that the UGDO is working correctly and the customer needs additional programming assistance. Additional UGDO
information can be found in the vehicle Owner's Manual.
Programming problems:
Request that the customer bring in the hand-held remote control transmitter (remote) that is causing difficulty, together with any other remotes that
the customer uses. If necessary, the UGDO can be reprogrammed using these remotes. For rolling code devices, the customer will need to train the
UGDO upon returning home (see item 5 below).
NOTE:
If the customer has a regular full-size remote as well as a smaller (key ring) remote, only the full-size remote should be used for the programming
procedure.
With the vehicle ignition turned to the "on" position, check the status of the UGDO by pressing each of the programming buttons. Note that the
UGDO is "off" if the vehicle ignition is "off".
1. Each button should illuminate the LED in some way (steady on or flashing). This indicates a fully functional UGDO.
^ If no LED illuminates, possible causes are:
^ Ignition not switched on
^ No power or ground
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 364
^ Faulty mirror
^ If one button illuminates the LED, but any one or two buttons do not, the mirror is faulty.
2. If any button illuminates with a slow flashing LED, the memory is empty; the button has not been programmed.
^ Check the batteries in the customer remote control and replace if necessary.
^ Refer to the attachment from step 2 to program the UGDO.
3. If every button illuminates with a steady "on" LED, most likely the customer has not cleared the factory setting. Attentively, the customer has
programmed each button with a fixed code. (Check with the customer.)
^ Refer to the attachment from step 1 to delete the stored memories and program the UGDO.
4. If any button illuminates with a steady "on" LED, the button has been programmed with a fixed code.
^ Check that the correct remote is being used.
^ The garage door may have a range problem.
5. If any button illuminates with a rapid flashing LED, followed after 2 seconds by a steady "on" LED, the button has been programmed with a
rolling code. However, the training mode for the rolling code may not have been successfully completed.
^ Provide the attachment to the customer and refer the customer to steps 5 - 7. Direct the customer to the instructional videos on the HomeLink(R)
website, www.homelink.com/program.php..
Range problems:
1. Advise the customer that the UGDO range is less than the original hand-held remote's range. A range of less than 50% of the original remote's
range should be investigated as a vehicle/interior mirror problem.
2. If the UGDO and the original remote both have reduced range, the UGDO is not at fault. The customer should check the garage door opener;
possibly, the antenna wire is not properly extended.
WARRANTY Information
For information only
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 365
view PDF attachment B661010 Attachment.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 620309 Date: 100801
Instruments - Outside Temperature Display Incorrect
SI B62 03 09
Instruments
August 2010
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B62 03 09 dated July 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Outside Temperature Display Is Incorrect
MODEL
All current production vehicles
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 366
SITUATION
The outside temperature displayed in the instrument cluster is different from the known correct ambient temperature.
The noted situation is typically one of the following:
1. Temperature displayed is intermiffently too high or low when the vehicle is stationary or shortly afier start-up.
2. Temperature displayed is intermittently or permanently too high, showing a value of +122°F.
3. Temperature displayed is intermittently or permanently too low, showing a value of -40°F.
4. Temperature displayed is permanently too low, but not stuck on one value, during all vehicle operating conditions.
5. Temperature displayed is permanently too high, but not stuck on one value, during all vehicle operating conditions.
[NEW] INFORMATION
The problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow the diagnosis test plan, using the latest ISTA version.
^ In "Guided troubleshooting", select the "Fault pattern" tab.
^ Select "02 Display, information, communication / 0207 Instrument cluster"
^ Select "Accept fault pattern / Calculate test plan" and this will bring up a list of test plans.
^ Select the test plan "Outside temperature sensor".
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 652010 Date: 101101
iPhone(R)/iPod Touch(R) - Audio Output Interruptions
SI B65 20 10
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
November 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
USB Audio Output Is Inoperative or Intermittently Interrupted
MODEL
All models
Produced from 09/2010 with option 6FL (iPod and USB adapter) and option 6VC (Combox controller)
SITUATION
With the iPhone or iPod Touch connected to the vehicle via the white Apple USB cable, the audio output may be:
^ Intermittently interrupted
^ Interrupted after unplugging and reconnecting the USB device, or after a vehicle start
CAUSE
The Apple software iOS4.1 installed on the Apple iPhone and iPod Touch devices
INFORMATION
Do not replace parts and do not perform any repair attempt!
Explain to the customer that the Apple software iOS4.1 is causing this behavior. The Apple device must be updated with the improved Apple
software iOS4.2 as soon as it becomes available.
The Apple software update on the device must be performed by the customer. For information on Apple software availability and the update process
please refer to the Apple web site:www.apple.com/iphone/software-update/
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 367
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 514010 Date: 101101
Interior - Proper Installation Of Carpet Floor Mats
SI B51 40 10
Body Equipment
November 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Proper Installation of BMW Carpet Floor Mats
MODEL
All
SITUATION
The intent of this bulletin is to ensure proper carpet floor mat installation and increase customer satisfaction. Our internal quality observations have
shown that improper floor mat installation can occur during the new car preparation or when the service department is detailing the interior. Also, the
customer or car wash attendant may remove the floor mats for interior cleaning. This can lead to damage to the retaining system and result in
improper installation. The installation guide attached is also included with the new floor mat sets. These installation instructions must be reviewed
and followed while installing the floor mats. The installation guide must also be given to the customer for future reference.
CAUSE
The center installations of floor mats are inconsistent.
PROCEDURE
Refer to attachment B514010.pdf
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 368
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 369
B51 40 10 - Procedure
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 370
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 371
B514010 - Floor Mat Installation Guide
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 360110 Date: 101101
Wheel/Tires - New Style Tire Valves
SI B36 01 10
Wheels and Tires
November 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
New Style Tire Valves
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 372
The tire valves for use with Tire Pressure Monitor Systems have been redesigned. The new style valves (on the right in the illustration) can be
identified by the smaller/conventional type cap (1) and the tapered seat at the valve's base (3).
^ The sealing washer (indicated by the arrow) is no longer required with the new style valve.
^ The valve has been modified in the area of the rubber seal (3).
^ The only component which is interchangeable between the two valves is the valve cap (1). When replacing a tire valve, the old cap can be reused,
if necessary, to ensure that all the tire valves are fitted with matching caps.
^ Always refer to the Repair Manual for proper installation instructions, including tightening torques.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 210110 Date: 101101
M/T - Dual Mass Flywheel Diagnostic Criteria
SI B21 01 10
Clutch
November 2010
Technical Service
SUBJECT
Dual Mass Flywheel - Diagnosis and Inspection
MODEL
All models equipped with dual-mass flywheel, except Motorsport vehicles
INFORMATION
Prior to condemning the dual-mass flywheel as defective, the following three criteria have to be checked and evaluated:
1. Total rotational angle at no load condition (with applied torque less then 20 Nm)
2. Secondary plate longitudal axial play
3. Friction surface appearance changes due to thermal overload.
PROCEDURE
Refer to the attached "Dual-mass Flywheel Inspection" document for the complete inspection procedure.
The dual-mass flywheel replacement is justified only if one or more of the following criteria are met:
1. The total rotational free-play, measured at the flywheel gear ring, is equal or greater than 7 tooth gaps.
2. The secondary plate total axial bearing play, measured at outside diameter of the flywheel, is equal or greater than 5 mm.
3. A significant discoloration in the adjoining area outside the friction ring, or a severe ablation/erosion of the friction area, is present.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 373
WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
Warranty claims may be denied:
^ If the diagnostic procedure outlined above is not followed when replacing a dual-mass flywheel.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 374
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 375
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 376
B210110_Dual_Mass_Flywheel_Inspection2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 611808 Date: 121201
Electrical - Battery Maintenance Requirement Information
SI B61 18 08
General Electrical Systems
December 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 18 08 dated January 2012.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Battery Maintenance Requirements
MODEL
All (new and used vehicles in BMW center inventory
[NEW] SITUATION
Proper battery maintenance is vital when BMW vehicles are in your centers inventory. Allowing a vehicles battery voltage to drop below 12.0 volts
(12.0V) permanently reduces the battery life expectancy and can lead to premature failure of the battery.
We provide a flexible battery maintenance system every BMW center can use in accordance with their particular needs. This bulletin explains the
2013 Battery Charging calendar and charging systems.
PROCEDURE FOR 12V BATTERY SYSTEMS (INCL. 12 VOLT SYSTEMS IN HYBRID VEHICLES)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 377
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 378
Upon receipt of a new vehicle, remove the battery log form (see above) from the glove compartment and complete section "A". Check the voltage of
the 12V battery and recharge if less than 12.5V or 71% SoC (State of Charge).
The maintenance tracking system provides for 3 distinct options:
1. The vehicle goes into storage (back lot), or in a new vehicle display (not in the showroom)
^ The battery main disconnect switch has been removed; and
^ The vehicle may or may not be in Transport Mode.
A four-week charging cycle and calendar have been established for these cases.
The vehicle arrives, marked with a color-coded round sticker on the windshield. The respective color (one out of four possible colors)
designates that the vehicles battery voltage must be checked in accordance with the new calendar on a four-week cycle.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 379
Recharge any time the battery voltage is less than 12.5V or 71% SoC.
Each time a battery is checked, record the voltage in section "B" of the BATTERY LOG FORM.
2. The vehicle goes into the showroom, or a similar display area
^ The electrical system is "Customer ready"; and
^ The battery main disconnect switch has been removed; and
^ The vehicle has been taken out of Transport Mode using the BMW Diagnosis System.
When in the showroom display, energy consumption is frequent and unpredictable because of the showroom traffic. A four-week charging
cycle will not suffice, due to the increased current draw imposed on the battery. This is because of frequent usage of the vehicles electrical
components (demonstrations, product familiarization, etc.).
To ensure the battery charge is maintained, connect the battery via the underhood charging terminals to a suitable power supply (SI B04 23
10 and B04 21 09).
If the showroom vehicle battery needs to be disconnected due to state regulations, check the battery voltage on a regular basis to ensure the
state of charge is maintained above 12.5V or 71% SoC. Record when the battery is recharged in section "C" of the BATTERY LOG
FORM.
Note 1: For those BMW centers which have established their own working battery maintenance procedure which fulfills BMW guidelines,
Section C can be used to track the charging of those vehicles.
[NEW] For BMW ActiveHybrid vehicles: Refer to SI B61 37 12 for special High-voltage Battery care instructions when using an external
12 volt battery charger.
3. The battery draw has been minimized for storage purposes
^ Either the battery main disconnect switch remains on the vehicle in the "OFF" position; or
^ The vehicle battery has been disconnected.
With the battery draw minimized, a 12-week charging cycle can be followed. Use section "D" of the BATTERY LOG FORM to document
when the charging has been performed.
The columns on the form are identified by the colors white, red and green of the 12-week charging calendar, designating the months when
the vehicles are to be charged. The windshield labels can also be used to track these vehicles, with the exception of the 4th color, yellow.
Therefore, vehicles received with a yellow label will need to be reassigned another color.
The 12 week charging cycle requires the battery to be recharged at every check.
IMPORTANT:
Use a calibrated fluke 87 multimeter or similar device to measure battery voltage.
On vehicles equipped with maintenance-free batteries (with integrated hydrometer - "Magic Eye"), under certain circumstances (vehicle
parked for an extensive period of time) due to electrolyte density stratification inside the battery, the internal hydrometer ("Magic Eye") may
remain black after recharging, even though the battery tester shows it to be fully charged. Such batteries are fully serviceable.
Replace the battery if the battery acid level is too low (Magic Eye light yellow).
Since BMW uses only maintenance-free or AGM batteries, DO NOT ADD DISTILLED WATER!
If, at any time, the battery open circuit voltage should drop below 12.0V, or a battery replacement is indicated during the CBS handover
inspection, perform Energy Diagnosis (refer to SI B61 13 05) to determine the cause. Any necessary repairs should be carried out and the
battery MUST BE REPLACED. The replacement battery must be registered using the service function in the diagnosis equipment.
Dispose of all batteries properly, observing legal regulations.
Charging Procedure:
Battery charging must be performed using an approved battery charger (recommended charging voltage 14.8V). Refer to SI B04 21 09 and
B04 23 10 for recommended chargers.
For an optimized charging procedure, the ambient temperature should be between 60°F and 75°F. Under these conditions, the battery can be
considered fully charged when the charging current has fallen below 2.5 Amps.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 380
Charging below 60°F should be avoided if possible, since the capacity of the battery to take up current is reduced and the charging time is
extended considerably. However, if provisional charging below 60°F is performed, the charging voltage must be set to 14.8V. Charging shall
be discontinued no earlier than when the charging current falls below 1.5 Amps.
Further Technical Notes
PROCEDURE FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY PACKS INSTALLED IN HYBRIDS
High-voltage battery packs should be checked at the same maintenance intervals as for 12 volt batteries.
The charge status of the high-voltage battery pack is shown in the instrument cluster. If the charge indicator displays a state of charge in the
lower quarter of the gauge (A), the high-voltage battery pack must be recharged until the charge indicator displays a value in the upper quarter
(B).
On the battery log form, charge indicator positions A or B should be logged as follows:
A = 0 or 1/4 (depending on actual needle position)
B = 3/4 or F (depending on actual needle position)
^ Charge the high-voltage battery pack by starting the engine and letting it run until the required charge status is reached. If the vehicle is
inside a building, exhaust extraction must be used. If the vehicle is outside, the vehicle must be in a secure area.
^ For vehicles where the state of charge of the high-voltage battery pack is insufficient to start the engine, connect a BMW recommended
battery charger to the battery posts under the hood. Only use Deutronic DBL 1600 or Multi Charger 1500 battery chargers due to
amperage requirements needed to bring the HV battery up to the necessary state of charge (refer to SI B04 23 10 for more information on
currently approved battery chargers). The ignition must be switched on and all consumers that are not required switched off (e.g., lights,
radio, A/C). When the CC message "Charging completed" is displayed, this means that the engine start capability has been restored. Start
the engine and continue the charging process as described above.
Vehicles on the showroom floor should have the high-voltage system de-energized using the Service Disconnect on the top of the high-voltage
battery unit.
USED VEHICLES
Used vehicles in BMW center inventory should be monitored and recharged according to the above principles. There is no reason why the
battery maintenance should be neglected, since poor reliability of a pre-owned BMW may deter a customer from buying a new one at a later
date.
VEHICLE DELIVERY
The CBS Handover Inspection must be performed as the last process step, immediately before delivery to the customer! Refer to the Service
Information entitled "New Vehicle Preparation and Maintenance Requirements" for the vehicle model concerned.
Upon the sale of a vehicle, its BATTERY LOG FORM should be removed from the BATTERY CHARGE LOG (binder) and filed in the
vehicle file, to be available for future reference.
To ensure that the battery remains fully charged, start the engine before demonstrating the operation of components to the customer at the time
of delivery.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should a vehicle equipped with a battery disconnect switch be sold or delivered to a customer.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 381
GENERAL INFORMATION
If a vehicle is used as a demonstrator, the battery disconnect switch MUST BE REMOVED.
When reconnecting the battery, torque the battery nut by following the appropriate specification listed in Tightening Torque 61 21...
Under special circumstances where the battery disconnect switch is not removed, extreme caution must be taken not to turn off the battery
disconnect switch while driving (for example, when moving the vehicle on the lot).
Note that the procedures outlined above are meant to be guidelines to assist BMW centers in assuring a sufficient state of charge of vehicle
batteries at all times. Following these procedures, however, will not guarantee a sufficient state of charge on all batteries: there may be
exceptional cases of excessive current draw through very frequent movement of back lot vehicles, for example, which may call for more
frequent recharging than otherwise necessary.
The above guidelines for proper battery maintenance are meant to provide maximum flexibility for every BMW center. Regional BMW
personnel will be happy to assist with setting up an effective charging and monitoring program.
PARTS INFORMATION
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Attachments
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 382
Flow Chart
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 383
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 384
Battery Log Form
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651011 Date: 121201
Audio System - Cannot Select SIRIUS/XM(R) Preset 2
SI B65 10 11
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
December 2012
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 10 11 dated July 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 385
SUBJECT
SIRIUS/XM Radio Station Stored on Preset # 2 Cannot Be Selected via SVS
MODEL
All with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC) and option 655 (Satellite Radio)
SITUATION
When a SIRIUS/XM satellite radio station is stored on Preset #2, it cannot be selected using the voice recognition system (SVS). All other presets
can be used without a problem.
Note: AM/FM stations are not affected!
CAUSE
Software issue in the Car Information Computer (CIC)
[NEW] CORRECTION
Do not replace parts for this issue.
1. Reprogram the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.48.1 or later.
Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.
2. Complete all of the post-programming work as indicated in the ISTA/P Final Report. This includes performing diagnosis and clearing faults
with ISTA, if necessary.
For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.
Note:
When the ISTA system message displays: Battery voltage only "XX.XX" V. Please connect charger. Please note the displayed battery
voltage reading in the repair order comments section. This documentation is not necessary when part of an approved Technical Service
repair procedure; the battery charger is required to be attached before performing the Vehicle Test.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 386
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 653209 Date: 130101
Audio System - Interference Noise From Speakers
SI B65 32 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
January 2013
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 32 09 dated November 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Interference Noise from the Loudspeakers
MODEL
All
SITUATION
Interference noise from the loudspeakers can be heard in all audio modes
CAUSE
Cause 1: The door panel is improperly fitted (torsion, stress, etc.).
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 387
Cause 2: The loudspeaker wiring or the loudspeaker itself is damaged.
[NEW] CORRECTION
1. Perform a vehicle test using the latest ISTA diagnostic software.
Note:
When the ISTA system message displays: Battery voltage only "XX.XX" V. Please connect charger. Please note the displayed battery
voltage reading in the repair order comments section. This documentation is not necessary when part of an approved Technical Service repair
procedure; the battery charger is required to be attached before performing the Vehicle Test.
2. Work through the appropriate test plans integrated in ISTA diagnosis:
Activities / Information search / Function Structure / 03 Body / Audio, Navigation, Telephone (MOST ring)/ [!] Current fault patterns / Audio
output fault patterns
3. Select the appropriate test plan from the list and click on "Display."
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
If performing ISTA diagnostics and the related test plans result in eligible and covered work, claim this work with the applicable defect code and
labor operations listed in KSD2.
Note:
Please follow any TeileClearing (TC) or Diagcode (DC) requirements that may apply to this work.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 651009 Date: 130301
Navigation System - Vehicle Position Missing/Incorrect
SI B65 10 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS
March 2013
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 10 09 dated September 2009.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
MODEL
[NEW]
E60
E61
E63
E64
F70
E71
E72
E82
E82E
E84
E88
E89
E90
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 388
E91
E92
E93
F01
F02
F04
F06
F07
F10
F12
F13
F25
F30
Vehicles with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)
SITUATION
The vehicle position is missing or incorrect on the navigation map.
[NEW] CAUSE
The navigation system integrated in the Car Information Computer (CIC) is not calibrated correctly.
[NEW] CORRECTION
Recalibrate the CIC navigation system
[NEW] PROCEDURE
Do not replace parts!
Refer to the attachment.
NOTE:
Before delivery of the vehicle to the customer, perform a calibration drive for 15 minutes at a speed of 30 mph.
Note:
When the ISTA system message displays: Battery voltage only "XX.XX" V. Please connect charger. Please note the displayed battery voltage
reading in the repair order comments section.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 389
[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle/SAV Limited Warranty.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 390
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 391
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 392
ATTACHMENTS
View PDF attachment B651009_Attachment.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 611305 Date: 130301
Battery - 'Discharged Battery' Energy Diagnosis Required
SI B61 13 05
General Electrical Systems
March 2013
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 13 05 dated October 2012.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Discharged Battery: Energy Diagnosis Must Be Performed
MODEL
[NEW] All vehicles produced from 3/2004 (except I-Bus vehicles)
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 393
[NEW] SITUATION
The electrical system of BMW vehicles has been subject to an ongoing development process over the last few years. This has led to increased
demands being placed on the battery. This document covers important information for the dealer on how to handle "discharged battery" complaints.
In order to properly repair the vehicle the first time in the workshop, it is very important that the diagnostic test plans are performed to completion,
with all results taken into consideration. The procedure as outlined below contains information that will guide the technician to properly repairing the
vehicle and getting paid for a warranty claim.
[NEW] CAUSE
A discharged battery can have various causes, most of which do not concern the battery itself. A failed battery is often the symptom and not the
cause. A fully serviceable battery fails when an electrical component causes the battery to discharge; the battery becomes internally damaged and
must be replaced. For more information, refer to www.batteryuniversity.com/parttwo-42B.htm. For this reason, replacing the battery is not usually a
permanent repair. The cause of the discharged battery must be analyzed in order to guarantee a proper repair.
[NEW] PROCEDURE
Before starting diagnosis, refer to the attached flowchart which will guide you through this procedure, and can be used as a reference guide for all
E-Series and FO1/F02 vehicles produced up to 9/2010.
For F10 vehicles and later with advanced onboard battery diagnostics, please refer to SI B61 02 11.
For all models, "Energy Diagnosis" must be performed on all discharged battery complaints. At the conclusion of the "Energy Diagnosis" test plan, a
diagnostic code is generated. The exceptions are:
^ "Exhaustive Battery discharge" test plan results
^ "Terminal 30g-f shutdown due to start capability limit"
These 2 exceptions are displayed for informational purposes only, and would not display a diagnostic code. In these cases, the most likely cause is a
faulty battery, and this can be determined by the Midtronics battery tester.
1. Fault analysis (Energy Diagnosis)
Complete the energy diagnosis test plan on every vehicle with a discharged battery. There are currently two paths to access the energy diagnosis
test plan:
^ If a power management fault is stored, ISTA will select the energy diagnosis test plan automatically.
^ The test plan can also be selected manually: "Function structure > Body > Power supply > Energy Diagnosis."
2. Once the test plan has finished, the number [1] "Most Likely Cause" is automatically displayed if any faults are calculated by the test plan. Finish
the test plan by processing all the "Most Likely Causes," starting from [1]. The most recent cause of a discharged battery is listed under [1]. If no
"Most Likely Causes" are calculated, the results screen will be displayed: "Most Likely Cause (0)," diagnostic code is undetermined.
3. The following is a list of reasons for a discharged battery, indicated by the results of the test plan.
A. Examples of vehicle faults
^ Battery fault (aged battery - only on IBS-equipped vehicles)
^ Alternator fault
^ Vehicle is not entering sleep mode (sleep mode prevented)
^ Vehicle is constantly woken from sleep mode
^ Closed-circuit current is too high
^ Closed-circuit current infringement
^ Exhaustive battery charge (for information only)
^ Terminal 30g-f shutdown due to start capability limit (for information only)
^ Terminal 30F shutdown due to start capability limit (for information only)
^ Terminal 30B electric fan or coolant pump after-run (for information only)
^ Undetermined
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 394
B. Examples of operating faults
^ Lights/hazard warning lights left on for too long
^ Terminal R or terminal 15 left on for too long (this fault may also be set when the vehicle is in the workshop - refer to the mileage that the
fault set in order to determine this). Except for the vehicles listed below, the fault is set when the engine is off and terminal R or terminal 15
is left on for more than 30 minutes; and the power supply drops below 11.5 volts for at least 2 minutes. The amount of time that terminal R or
terminal 15 is left on is accurate.
^ E65 and E66 (7 Series)
^ E90, E91, and E92 (3 Series) prior to 3/07
^ E60 and E61 (5 Series), vehicle integration level prior to E060-07-09-500
^ E63 and E64 (6 Series), vehicle integration level prior to E060-07-09-500
^ E70 (X5) prior to 3/07
^ Vehicle parked for too long
^ Vehicle use when stationary
If a new battery is installed, the "Energy Diagnosis" test plan should be completed prior to registering the new battery. When the battery is
registered, the stored energy history is deleted. This may cause the vehicle to return if the root cause of the discharged battery is not determined.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
In order to claim an eligible faulty battery either under the BMW New Vehicle/SAV Limited Warranty or the BMW Original Parts Warranty
(In-center workshop repairs), the Energy Diagnosis test plan must be performed to completion.
When required, a Midtronics' Battery Test procedure must also be performed. The Midtronic battery tester printout(s) must be retained with the
repair order.
To assist you in determining the warranty coverage on a battery, please refer to the following guidelines:
Covered under warranty,
^ A diagnostic code is generated for a vehicle fault
^ A diagnostic code is undetermined
^ A diagnostic code is generated for an operating fault such as unfavorable driving profile (e.g., driven extremely short distances) and the
Midtronics battery tester or Energy Diagnosis results indicate the battery needs to be replaced.
A "Stand-alone" faulty battery is claimed using the battery defect code listed in KSD2.
Other Repairs
If it is determined that some other covered vehicle fault and repair caused the battery to fail, the failed battery is to be claimed under the KSD2
defect code that applies to the failed (casual) component or repair (e.g. Alternator, permanent failure).
[NEW] Note:
Please follow any TeileClearing (TC) or Diagcode (DC) requirements that may apply to this work.
Not covered under warranty,
^ A diagnostic code is generated for an operating fault such as leaving the lights on, vehicle parked too long, battery not maintained etc.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 395
view PDF attachment B611305_BN2000_Battery_Diagnosis
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 110308 Date: 130301
Emissions - Pressure Cont. Crankcase Ventilation Info.
SI B11 03 08
Engine
March 2013
Technical Service
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B11 03 08 dated August 2011.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
Crankcase Ventilation System Diagnosis and Measurement
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
All current BMW engines incorporate a pressure-controlled crankcase ventilation system. The crankcase ventilation systems use various different
crankcase ventilation valves, depending on the engine type. Although the valves all look different, they function similarly, using a spring and
diaphragm assembly to control the crankcase pressure. A properly functioning pressure control valve is designed to maintain a slight vacuum
(underpressure) in the crankcase, which assures reliable crankcase venting during all engine operating conditions. Some of the causes and results of a
malfunctioning crankcase ventilation system are listed below.
Causes of Excessive Overpressure (Pressure)
^ Internal engine damage/wear
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 396
^ Obstruction in the crankcase ventilation system
^ Defective pressure control valve(s)
Results of Excessive Overpressure
^ Damage to the engine oil seals
^ Increased engine oil consumption (can be misdiagnosed as a defective turbocharger)
^ Excessive engine oil in the intake system
^ Excessive engine oil in the charged intake tubes or the intercooler on turbocharged engines (can be misdiagnosed as a defective turbocharger)
^ Engine oil dip stick is dislodged from the guide tube (if equipped)
Cause of Excessive Underpressure (Vacuum)
^ Defective pressure control valve
Results of Excessive Underpressure
^ Damage to the engine oil seals
^ Increased engine oil consumption
^ Excessive engine oil in the intake system
^ Rough engine idling or engine misfire
^ Whistling or howling noise from the engine (can be misdiagnosed as a defective turbocharger)
^ Increased mixture adaptation values
Attached to this Service Information bulletin is a procedure for measuring the crankcase ventilation system, using the ISID and IMIB diagnostic
equipment.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 397
[NEW] Specification and actual readings from the vehicle may vary by up to +/-10%, but not more than 5.0 mBar. Various measuring tools may
provide results that are not within specification. All measurements below were recorded using the IMIB. See the attachment for IMIB connection
hints.
WARRANTY
[NEW] Not applicable.
ATTACHMENTS
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 398
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 399
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 400
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 401
view PDF attachment B110308_Measuring_Crankcase_Pressure_Using_IMIB.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 130213 Date: 130301
Fuel System - Fuel Pressure Control Test Plan Error
SI B13 02 13
Fuel Systems
March 2013
Technical Service
SUBJECT
N54 Engine: Fuel Pressure Control Test Plan Error
MODEL
F01
F02
E82
E88
E89
E90
E92
E93
E60
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 402
E61
E71
SITUATION
Two errors may be encountered when performing Test Plan B1214_DI6KDR - Fuel Pressure Control with the current version of ISTA/D:
^ On the last step when the diagnosis code is displayed, the test plan may state to replace the fuel low-pressure sensor and that a Bosch sensor
will need to be installed.
^ The right side of the test plan screen will provide two incorrect pictures and statements describing the fuel low-pressure sensors.
All of the statements related to the identification of the fuel low-pressure sensor are incorrect. Replace the fuel low-pressure sensor that is identified
in ETK only after entering the vehicle identification number. Do not replace the metal fuel line with this pressure sensor.
This error will be corrected in ISTA/D 3.39.0.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85)DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, Technical Service Bulletin # 610603 Date: 130401
Wipers/Washers - Maintenance Program Wiper Inserts
SI B61 06 03
General Electrical Systems
April 2013
Warranties
This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 61 06 03 dated February 2010.
[NEW] Please read this Service Information bulletin in its entirety; the content has been completely updated.
[NEW] designates changes to this revision
SUBJECT
BMW Maintenance Program: Replacement Wiper Inserts
MODEL
All
INFORMATION
The BMW Maintenance Programs allow for the replacement of wiper blade inserts:
^ At intervals of 12 months or longer, only when necessary, for all models The replacement interval begins on the vehicle's original in-service date.
This policy supersedes all other statements concerning wiper blade maintenance replacement intervals (front and rear when applicable).
Note:
There is no required replacement at 12 months.
Wiper Blade and Insert Care
Regularly clean the wiper blade assemblies with soapy water to avoid streaking.
Windshield Care
Wax, dirt and road film buildup on the windshield can cause streaking, poor wiper operation and premature wear of the wiper blade inserts. The
windshield should be cleaned regularly to remove contamination. Use BMW approved car care products to clean and care for the vehicle.
PARTS INFORMATION
It is important to use the "Set" part numbers, which contain both front wiper blades, when available.
2010 BMW M5 (E60) V10-5.0L (S85) Page 403
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW Maintenance Programs.
